高中英语外研版必修2测试：Unit2 Section Ⅳ　Writing

高中英语外研版必修2测试：Unit2 Section Ⅳ　Writing

Section Ⅳ　Writing——如何回复电子邮件 普通表达——常用词汇　普通句式　让学生写作思路“活”起来 写作任务 假定你是李华，来自美国的笔友Peter给你写了一封电子邮件。请根据邮件内容给他写一封回信，表明你的观点并说明理由。‎ Dear Li hua，‎ Long time no see you. How are you?‎ A new law has been passed in my city. Smoking has been banned in all public places. I think it is a wise decision. Do you think so?‎ Yours，‎ Peter 注意：‎ ‎1．词数100左右(开头和结尾已给出，但不计入总词数)；‎ ‎2．可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。‎ Dear Peter，‎ I'm pleased to receive your email.______________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ Best wishes，‎ Li Hua 写作指导 一、审题定调 该写作要求考生回复一封电子邮件，表达对公共场合实施禁烟令的看法。‎ 电子邮件主要由称呼、正文和落款构成。本写作开头和落款已给出，故考生只需写正文部分。‎ 二、谋篇布局 根据所给提示，我们可以将正文分为三部分：‎ 第一部分：表明观点(赞成公共场合禁烟方案)；‎ 第二部分：说明理由(易导致疾病、影响他人健康、污染空气、易引发火灾)；‎ 第三部分：总结全文(避免在公共场合吸烟)。‎ 三、组织语言 第一部分：表明观点(赞成公共场合禁烟方案)。‎ ‎1．我强烈支持政府禁止在公共场所禁烟的决定。‎ I_strongly_support_the_government's_decision_to_ban_smoking_in_public.‎ 第二部分：说明理由(易导致疾病、影响他人健康、污染空气、易引发火灾)。‎ ‎2．Smoking is a bad habit and very_harmful to people's health (对人们的健康非常有害)．‎ ‎3．It makes it_easier_for_smokers_to_get_various_diseases (他使吸烟者更容易得各种疾病)．‎ ‎4．At_the_same_time (与此同时) secondhand smoke can also badly affect other people's health, especially babies'.‎ ‎5．香烟烟雾会污染建筑物内的空气，并在那里停留很长时间，使人们无法自由呼吸。‎ Cigarette_smoke_can_pollute_the_air_inside_a_building_and_stay_there_for_a_long_time,_which_stops_people_from_breathing_freely.‎ ‎6．Smoking may also cause a fire and result_in_great_loss (造成巨大损失)．‎ 第三部分：总结全文(避免在公共场合吸烟)。‎ ‎7．我们应当避免在公共场合吸烟，共同创建一个绿色的环境。‎ We_should_avoid_smoking_in_public_and_create_a_green_environment_together.‎ 四、连句成篇 Dear Peter，‎ I'm pleased to receive your email. I strongly support the government's decision to ban smoking in public.‎ Smoking is a bad habit and very harmful to people's health. It makes it easier for smokers to get various diseases. At the same time, secondhand smoke can also badly affect other people's health, especially babies'. Cigarette smoke can pollute the air inside a building and stay there for a long time, which stops people from breathing freely. What's more, smoking may cause a fire and result in great loss.‎ In a word, we should avoid smoking in public and create a green environment together.‎ Best wishes，‎ Li Hua 我的写作体会：　‎ ‎　‎ ‎　‎ 高级表达——精彩词汇　句式升级　让学生满分作文“易”起来 任务呈现 假如你是李华，你的朋友王刚在来信中说他们班里有几个同学为了显示自己成熟或耍“酷”而吸烟，他怀着好奇心，也偷偷尝试了吸烟。请你写一封100词左右的回信，告诉王刚吸烟的危害并给出你的建议。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1．信的开头和结尾已经给出，不计入总词数；‎ ‎2．参考词汇：成熟的 mature Dear Wang Gang，‎ I'm sorry to learn that you and some of your classmates have begun to smoke.________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ Yours，‎ Li Hua 写作步骤 一、统筹安排 体裁 说明文 时态 一般现在时 主题 吸烟上瘾 人称 第一、二人称 结构 第一部分：引出话题 第二部分：说明吸烟的危害 第三部分：呼吁大家戒烟 二、词语储备——对接模块词汇 ‎1．dangerous 危险的 ‎2．cancer 癌症 ‎3．cigarette 香烟 ‎4．be_related_to 有关系的，有关联的 ‎5．be_addicted_to 对……上瘾 ‎6．give_up 戒除；放弃 三、备用句型罗列——巧用模块句式、语法 完成句子 ‎1．认为吸烟很酷，使你显得成熟是错误的。‎ To believe smoking is cool and makes you appear mature is_wrong.‎ ‎2．据报道，全世界每年大约有五百万人死于疾病。‎ It is reported that about 5 million people all over the world die_from_diseases each year.‎ ‎3．这些疾病与吸烟有关。‎ These diseases are_related_to smoking.‎ ‎4．吸烟很容易引起火灾。‎ Smoking can cause_fires easily.‎ ‎5．火灾可能严重损害你的生活和周围的环境。‎ Fires may do_great_damage_to your life and your surroundings.‎ ‎6．只有以这种方式你才能保持健康。‎ You can keep_healthy only in this way.‎ 句式升级 ‎7．用it作形式主语改写句1‎ It_is_wrong_to_believe_smoking_is_cool_and_makes_you_appear_mature.‎ ‎8．用过去分词作后置定语合并句2、3‎ It_is_reported_that_about_5_million_people_all_over_the_world_die_from_diseases_related_to_smoking_each_year. ‎ ‎9．用非限制性定语从句合并句4、5‎ Smoking_can_cause_fires_easily,_which_may_do_great_damage_to_your_life_and_your_surroundings.‎ ‎10．用倒装句改写句6‎ Only_in_this_way_can_you_keep_healthy.‎ 四、扩充要点，连词成句 ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ 高级范文：‎ Dear Wang Gang，‎ I'm sorry to learn that you and some of your classmates have begun to smoke. I think it is ‎ wrong to believe smoking is cool and makes you appear mature. In fact, smoking is not cool but very dangerous.‎ First, smoking does great harm to health. Scientific research shows that smoking can lead to heart diseases, cancer and other problems. It is reported that about 5 million people all over the world die from diseases related to smoking each year. Second, it is a waste of money to smoke. Some students even steal money to buy cigarettes. Once you are addicted to it, it is difficult to give it up. What's more, smoking can cause fires easily, which may do great damage to your life and your surroundings.‎ So give up smoking at once. Only in this way can you keep healthy.‎ Yours，‎ Li Hua 写作训练 一、假如你叫李明，你的美国笔友Peter染上了吸烟的坏习惯，请根据如下要点给他写一封电子邮件。‎ ‎1．吸烟有害健康；‎ ‎2．吸烟有两大风险：心脏病和窒息。而且吸烟也是引起肺部疾病的主要原因；‎ ‎3．吸烟还会危害周围人的健康。‎ 注意：‎ 词数100左右。‎ 参考词汇：心脏病heart disease；窒息suffocation；‎ 肺lung ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ 参考范文：‎ Dear Peter，‎ ‎ I'm sorry to hear that you have got into the bad habit of smoking. I'm worried about your health, so I'm writing to advise you to give it up.‎ ‎ As we all know, smoking is harmful to our health and the dangers of smoking are wellknown. Heart disease and suffocation are just two of the risks. And smoking is the leading cause of lung diseases.‎ ‎ What's worse, smoking harms not only the smoker, but also has a bad effect on the health of people around you. Family members at home and people at work who breathe cigarette smoke can also get sick. This is the danger of what is known as secondhand smoke.‎ In a word, for your health as well as others', please give up smoking.‎ Yours，‎ Li Ming 二、下面是21世纪报中学生版(21st Century School Edition)刊登的一封读者来信，请你以编辑李华的身份给这位中学生写封回信。‎ Dear editor，‎ I spend most of my time studying. I hardly talk to my classmates. Sometimes I don't care much about others, but I do want to talk. I just don't know what to talk about and how to begin a conversation.‎ I feel so lonely. How I wish I had a good friend! Could you give me some advice?‎ Yours，‎ Jin Jing 回信的内容要包括以下要点：‎ ‎(1)要相信自己，你最大的问题是缺乏自信；‎ ‎(2)微笑面对同学，让他们相信你是友好的；‎ ‎(3)先试着与一个和你有同样爱好的同学交谈，可以问一些学习上的问题，谈谈共同的爱好；‎ ‎(4)帮助学习和生活上有困难的同学。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1．词数100左右；‎ ‎2．信的开头已写好，不计入总词数。‎ 参考词汇：自信selfconfidence　缺乏lack Dear Jin Jing，‎ Your problem is a common one among middle school students. Maybe the following advice can help you.________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ Yours，‎ Li Hua 参考范文： ‎ Dear Jin Jing，‎ Your problem is a common one among middle school students. Maybe the following advice can help you. First of all, believe in yourself. Your greatest problem is that you lack selfconfidence. The first thing you must do is to smile at your classmates. One smile speaks louder about your wish to make friends than any words. Your smile will show that you are friendly to them. Next, try talking with a student who is as shy as yourself or who shares the same interest as you. You can discuss your studies with a classmate, and you can talk about your hobbies as well. If anyone is in trouble in life or study, you should be ready to help him or her. Once you have confidence, you can make as many friends as possible.‎ Yours，‎ Li Hua Module 3　Music Module 3　Music Section Ⅰ　Introduction & Reading and vocabulary 分类记单词 核心单词 ‎1.audience n. 听众 ‎2．classical n. 古典音乐 ‎3．court n. 宫廷 ‎4．genius n. 天才 ‎ ‎5．peasant n. 农民 ‎ ‎6．tour vt. 巡回演出 拓展单词 ‎1.conductor n．指挥→conduct vt.指挥 ‎2．musician n．音乐家→musical adj.音乐的→music n．音乐 ‎3．director n．指挥；导演→direct vt.指导；导演　adj.直接的→direction n．方向 ‎4．lose vt.失去；丢失→loss n．失去；丢失 ‎5．talent n．天分；天赋；才华→talented adj.有才华的 ‎6．compose vt.作曲；创作→composer n．作曲家 阅读单词 ‎　‎ ‎1.choir n. (教堂里的)唱诗班，合唱队 ‎2．jazz n. 爵士乐 ‎3．orchestra n. 管弦乐队(团)‎ ‎4．saxophone n. 萨克斯管 ‎5．symphony n. 交响乐，交响，交响乐团 联想背短语 ‎1．be_different_from 与……不同 ‎2．be_known_as 作为……而出名 ‎3．change..._into... 把……变成……‎ ‎4．as_well_as 也，又 ‎5．be_impressed_with 对……留下印象 ‎6．go_deaf 变聋 ‎7．of_all_time 有史以来 ‎8．hear_of 听说 精彩写句式 ‎1.现在分词的完成式作状语 Having_worked (work) there for 30 years, Haydn moved to London, where he was very successful.‎ 在那里工作了三十年后，海顿移居伦敦，并在那里取得了巨大的成功。‎ ‎2．by the time引导时间状语从句 By the time he was 14, Mozart had_composed (compose) many pieces for the harpsichord, piano and violin, as well as for orchestras.‎ 莫扎特到14岁的时候，不仅已经谱写了许多管弦乐曲，还谱写了许多拨弦键琴曲、钢琴曲和小提琴曲。‎ ‎3．强调句式： it is/was＋被强调部分＋that/who＋其他成分 However, it was Haydn who/that encouraged Beethoven to move to Vienna.‎ 然而，是海顿鼓励贝多芬移居维也纳的。‎ ‎4．as引导时间状语从句 As_he_grew_older,_he began to go deaf.‎ 随着年龄的增长，他的耳朵变聋了。‎ 重点单词突破 ‎1.lose vt.失去；丢失 单句语法填空/单句改错 ‎(1)He was lost (lose) in thought and didn't pay attention to what I was saying just now.‎ ‎(2)We are at loss as to what kind of business to start.at后加a 一句多译 由于专心学习，她没有注意到我走了进来。‎ ‎(1)Lost in her study, she didn't notice me come in.‎ ‎(2)Losing herself in her study, she didn't notice me come in.‎ ‎2．compose vt.创作，作曲，构成 单句语法填空 ‎(1)He is a famous composer (compose) of pop music and has composed (compose) more than 200 pieces of music.‎ ‎(2)The new plan is composed of three parts, each of which is very important.‎ 一句多译 委员会由教授和工程师组成。‎ ‎(1)The committee is composed of professors and engineers. ‎ ‎(2)The committee is_made_up_of professors and engineers.‎ ‎(3)The committee consists_of professors and engineers.‎ ‎3．talent n．天分；天赋；才华 单句语法填空 ‎(1)My brother showed a talent for music when he was very young.‎ ‎(2)He is a man of many talents (talent). As a wellknown talented (talent) musician, he also has a talent for cooking.‎ 一句多译 他在语言学习上有天赋。‎ ‎(1)He_has_a_talent_for_learning_a_language. (talent)‎ ‎(2)He_has_a_gift_for_learning_a_language. (gift)‎ ‎(3)He_is_talented_in_learning_a_language. (talented)‎ ‎4．tour n．& v．旅行，旅游；参观访问；巡回演出 单句语法填空 ‎ (1)Tourism (tour) is the major source of income for this area. ‎ ‎(2)Now this former royal palace is open to the public as a major tourist (tour) attraction.‎ 单句写作 她对她的旅行作了一次生动的描述。‎ She_made_a_vivid_description_of_her_tour.‎ 短语句式突破 ‎1.be known/famous as...作为……而出名 单句写作 莎士比亚作为一个伟大的作家而出名，而莫扎特则以闻名世界的音乐天赋而出名。‎ Shakespeare is_known/famous_as a great writer while Mozart is_known/famous_for his musical talent which is_known/famous_to the world.‎ ‎2．as well as 既……又……，不但……而且……；和……一样好 单句语法填空 ‎(1)She tries to draw horses as well (good) as Xu Beihong.‎ ‎(2)We are painting the walls as well as repairing (repair) the roof.‎ ‎(3)The famous musician, as well as his students, was_invited (invite) to perform at the 2019 Spring Festival Gala《春晚》．‎ ‎3．be impressed with/by对……留下印象 单句语法填空 ‎(1)The teacher impressed on his students the importance of taking notes in class.‎ ‎(2)A thousand words will not leave so deep an impression (impress) as one deed.‎ ‎(3)I'm impressed with what I've seen and heard during this visit.‎ 一句多译 那些漂亮的剪纸作品一定会给你留下印象。‎ ‎(1)Those beautiful papercutting works will surely impress_you.‎ ‎(2)You will surely be_impressed_with those beautiful papercutting works.‎ ‎(3)Those beautiful papercutting works will surely leave/make_an_impression_on_you.(impression)‎ ‎4．go deaf变聋 完成句子 ‎(1)As time went_by,_his health went_worse.‎ 随着时间的流逝，他的健康状况变得更加糟糕。‎ ‎(2)Meat soon goes_bad in hot weather if it isn't put in fridge.‎ 天热时，如果不放在冰箱里，肉很容易变坏。‎ ‎(3)The engine just won't start. Something seems to have gone_wrong with it.‎ 发动机发动不起来了，似乎出问题了。‎ ‎(4)He went_red with anger when he heard the news.‎ 他听到这个消息，气得脸都红了。 ‎ ‎5．句型公式：现在分词的完成式作状语 ‎(教材原句)Having worked there for 30 years, Haydn moved to London, where he was very successful.‎ 在那里工作了三十年后，海顿移居伦敦，并在那里取得了巨大的成功。‎ 单句语法填空 ‎(1)Arriving (arrive) at the station, he found the train had left. ‎ ‎(2)Having_been (be) lost in the forest for a week, they were finally saved.‎ 句式升级 普通表达　Because he hadn't received a reply, he decided to write another letter.‎ 高级表达　Not_having_received_a_reply,_he decided to write another letter.‎ ‎6．句型公式： by the time引导时间状语从句 ‎(教材原句)By the time he was 14, Mozart had composed many pieces for the harpsichord, piano and violin, as well as for orchestras.‎ 莫扎特到14岁的时候，不仅已经谱写了很多管弦乐曲，还谱写了很多拨弦键琴曲、钢琴曲和小提琴曲。‎ 单句语法填空/单句改错 ‎(1)By the time you get to the airport, the plane will_have_taken (take) off.‎ ‎(2)By now, people have_realized (realize) its importance.‎ ‎(3)By the time Jack returned home from England, his son graduated from college.son后加had ‎7．句型公式： it is/was＋被强调部分＋that/who＋其他成分 ‎(教材原句)However, it was Haydn who encouraged Beethoven to move to Vienna.‎ 然而，是海顿鼓励贝多芬移居维也纳的。‎ 单句语法填空/单句改错 ‎(1)It was because of the bad weather that the football match was put off.‎ ‎(2)It was last night that I met Mary on my way to school.‎ ‎(3)It was in the hall where I picked up the bag.where→that 句型转换 Yesterday my grandpa walked the dog at dusk in the street.‎ ‎(1)It_was_my_grandpa_that/who walked the dog at dusk in the street yesterday.(强调主语)‎ ‎(2)It_was_yesterday_that my grandpa walked the dog at dusk in the street.(强调时间状语)‎ ‎(3)It_was_in_the_street_that my grandpa walked the dog at dusk yesterday.(强调地点状语)‎ Ⅰ.单词拼写/单句语法填空 ‎1．Leonardo da Vinci was a genius in many fields.‎ ‎2．He is a composer of pop music. I like his music a lot.‎ ‎3．Most students prefer pop music to classical music.‎ ‎4．A director is a person who stands in front of an orchestra or choir and directs its performance.‎ ‎5．The famous orchestra is on a fiveday tour in Europe.‎ ‎6．The company suffered a heavy loss (损失) as a result of the accident.‎ ‎7．The audience (观众) was/were enthusiastic on the opening night of the play.‎ ‎8．She is not only a famous scientist in the world, but also a talented (talent) painter.‎ ‎9．The chemistry teacher asked the pupils what water is composed of.‎ ‎10．She couldn't stand the thought of children going hungry (hunger) so she hurried home to prepare lunch.‎ ‎11．When he was 20, he left school and went to Beijing, where he made great progress and became an engineer.‎ ‎12．It was in the small mountain village that I spent my childhood happily.‎ ‎13．He was at a loss for what to say to the teacher's question — obviously he was lost in ‎ thought just now.(lose)‎ ‎14．Having_been_explained (explain) many times, the problem was still difficult to understand.‎ ‎15．We were deeply impressed with his attitude towards work.‎ Ⅱ.阅读理解 A ‎ Get ready to cheer up with some of the finest bands and singers in Indianapolis, the capital of the US state of Indiana. Here are some of the concerts that you shouldn't miss this season.‎ Panic！at the Disco When — July 23,7：30 p．m.‎ Where — The Lawn at White River State Park Panic! at the Disco is an American band formed in 2004. With the lead singer Brendon Urie and the drummer Spencer Smith, the band is ready to feel your cheers and applause. This band with honour like MTV Video Music Awards is going to perform their best songs.‎ Lady Antebellum When — July 24,7：30 p．m.‎ Where — Klipsch Music Centre Formed in 2006, Lady Antebellum is an American country music group with three members. Singers Charles Kelley and Hillary Scott along with guitarist Dave Haywood have given the world of music many hits. With many songs topping the Billboard, these are the songs to look forward to：Need You Now, Downtown, I Run To You and Dancin'Away With My Heart.‎ Lynyrd Skynyrd When — July 31,7：00 p．m.‎ Where — Indiana State Fairgrounds Established in the 1970's, Lynyrd Skynyrd is an American rock band known for their deep rock culture. If you are a diehard rock fan, make sure to come and enjoy their songs.‎ Miranda Lambert When — August 16,7：30 p．m.‎ Where — Klipsch Music Center Miranda Lambert, born in 1983, is an American country musician. She is known for winning five consecutive (连续不断的) Academies of Country Music.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是应用文，是社会活动类的话题。对于音乐发烧友来说，七八月份在Indianapolis地区举办的音乐会演出不容错过。‎ ‎1．When should you go to the concert if you are a fan of Panic！at the Disco?‎ A．On July 23. B．On July 24.‎ C．On July 31. D．On August 16.‎ 答案与解析：A　 细节理解题。根据Panic！at the Disco部分中的When—July 23,7：30 p．m.可知答案选A。‎ ‎2．What is the feature of Lynyrd Skynyrd?‎ A．It has the fewest members.‎ B．It has the longest history.‎ C．It is the most popular band.‎ D．Its concert lasts for two days.‎ 答案与解析：B　细节理解题。通过比较文中所提到的乐队的成立时间可知， Lynyrd Skynyrd乐队的历史最长。‎ ‎3．Who may be popular among country music lovers?‎ A．Panic！at the Disco and Lady Antebellum.‎ B．Panic！at the Disco and Lynyrd Skynyrd.‎ C．Lynyrd Skynyrd and Miranda Lambert.‎ D．Lady Antebellum and Miranda Lambert.‎ 答案与解析：D　细节理解题。结合Lady Antebellum部分中的“... Lady Antebellum is an ‎ American country music group...”和Miranda Lambert部分中的“Miranda Lambert, born in 1983, is an American country musician.”可知，“Lady Antebellum和Miranda Lambert.”可能会受乡村音乐爱好者的欢迎。‎ B Music can make us feel happy or peaceful, energize us to dance, or move us to tears. As an orchestra conductor (指挥), Amy Andersson brings music to life, allowing people to experience the feelings that music can bring.‎ Andersson fell in love with music as a child. She started to sing in the school choirs (合唱团) in the first grade, began studying the piano at 7, and started composing (作曲) at 9. Her school had no orchestra, but she bought many recordings of great orchestras and conductors and listened to them for hours every day.‎ During a concert, the audience see the back of a conductor and the arm movements she or he uses to lead the orchestra. What the audience do not see is all the work the conductor has done beforehand to prepare for the performance.‎ Months before a concert, Andersson studies a piece of music by playing it on the piano. She decides how she wants each part to sound. Should it be fast or slow? Loud or soft? She reads about the composer's life and reviews historical events that would have influenced the composer. Her goal is to recreate the music as the composer wanted.‎ While conducting, Andersson uses her whole body to express how the music should sound and feel. Her movements are dramatic (激动人心的) when the music is energetic and gentle when the music is peaceful.‎ Each instrument makes a special sound. Although it is not necessary for conductors to know how to play all of the instruments, they must be familiar with the sound of each instrument in the orchestra. To help young musicians understand how to play the music, Andersson will tell them to imagine a calm, leisurely walk or a_ship_being_hit_by_waves.‎ Andersson has seen the audience at her concerts applauding (鼓掌) together in rhythm. She is happy to know that she and the musicians have brought joy into ordinary days.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是说明文，是人物介绍类的话题。本文主要介绍了一位成功的乐队指挥Andersson，她用心将每一段音乐展现给观众，让大家充分领略音乐所要表达的情感。 ‎ ‎4．From the passage we can infer that, to perform well, an orchestra conductor ________.‎ A．has to learn to compose at an early age B．must know what music the audience like C．should be able to play all of the instruments D．has to prepare a lot before the performance 答案与解析：D　细节理解题。根据文章第三段中的“What the audience do not see is all the work the conductor has done beforehand to prepare for the performance.”可知，乐队指挥在演出前要做充分准备，故答案选D。‎ ‎5．Andersson reviews historical events in order to ________.‎ A．show her knowledge B．attract more audience C．perform the music perfectly D．know more about conductors 答案与解析：C　推理判断题。根据文章第四段中的“Her goal is to recreate the music as the composer wanted.”可知， Andersson了解音乐背后的历史故事是为了了解作曲者当时通过音乐想表达的东西，以此更好地展现音乐，故答案选C。‎ ‎6．By saying the underlined part, Andersson probably wants to show that ________.‎ A．bad performance may cause danger B．music can express people's feelings C．energetic music needs to be played dramatically D．it is not easy to become an orchestra conductor 答案与解析：C　推理判断题。这句话是Andersson在指导年轻的演奏者演奏音乐时所讲的话。她让他们想象一次平静悠闲的散步或者是一条在波涛中翻滚的小船，此处照应前文所讲的Andersson在指挥时的状 态：指挥充满活力的音乐时她的动作非常有活力，当指挥平和的音乐时她的动作非常的柔和，由此可推断出Andersson讲一条在波涛中翻滚的小船是告诉年轻的演奏者充满活力的音乐需要有活力地去演奏，故答案选C。‎ ‎7．Which of the following can be used as the best title of the passage?‎ A．The magic power of music B．Andersson brings music to life C．Andersson tells you how to play music D．How to become a successful orchestra conductor 答案与解析：B　主旨大意题。本文主要介绍了一位成功的乐队指挥Andersson，她用心将每一段音乐展现给观众，让大家充分领略音乐所要表达的情感。引用文章中的点睛之笔： Amy Andersson brings music to life，B项为最佳标题。‎ Ⅲ.语法填空 ‎　　 Beijing Opera is a tradition in Chinese culture, which 1.________ (list) into the Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity in 2010.‎ ‎ Beijing Opera has 2.________ history of 200 years, which came from old local operas, especially Anhui Opera, or what is now called Huiju. In 1790, the first Anhui Opera 3.________ (perform) was held in Beijing 4.________ (celebrate) the eightieth birthday of the Qianlong Emperor. In 1828, several famous Hubei troupes (班子) arrived in Beijing and performed with Anhui troupes. The combination (结合) 5.________ (gradual) formed Peking Opera.‎ ‎ During the end of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th century, Beijing Opera finally formed and became the 6.________ (big) of all operas in China. Beijing Opera has a rich list of plays, artists, troupes, audiences, and wide influences, 7.________ (make) it the leading opera in China.‎ ‎ With its artistic music, singing and costumes (服装), Beijing Opera is an allround acting art. Full of Chinese cultural facts, the opera presents the audience 8.________ an encyclopedia (百科全书) of Chinese culture, as well as unfolding stories, beautiful paintings, wonderful costumes, beautiful gestures and martial arts. Besides, the kinds of facial makeup, especially concerning the color, 9.________ (be) the most particular art in Beijing Opera. There is no doubt 10.________ it is really the treasure of Chinese culture.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是一篇说明文，主要介绍了京剧的历史。‎ ‎1．答案与解析：was listed'考查动词的时态和语态。分析句子结构可知， which指代Beijing Opera，在从句中作主语，且与list之间是动宾关系，又根据时间状语in 2010可知，应用一般过去时的被动语态。故填was listed。‎ ‎2．答案与解析：a'考查冠词。have a history of...意为“有一段……的历史”，为固定用法。故填a。‎ ‎3．答案与解析：performance'考查词形转换。分析句子结构可知，空处在句中作主语，且意为“表演”。故填performance。‎ ‎4．答案与解析：to celebrate'考查非谓语动词。分析句子结构可知，空处在句中作目的状语，所以应用动词不定式。故填to celebrate。‎ ‎5．答案与解析：gradually'考查词形转换。空处在句中作状语，应用副词。故填gradually。‎ ‎6．答案与解析：biggest'考查形容词的最高级。根据语境及空后的“of all operas in China”可知，这里应用最高级。故填biggest。‎ ‎7．答案与解析：making'考查非谓语动词。分析句子结构可知，空处是非谓语动词作结果状语，且表示自然而然的结果，所以应用现在分词。故填making。‎ ‎8．答案与解析：with'考查介词。present sb. with sth.为固定搭配，意为“呈现给某人某物”。故填with。‎ ‎9．答案与解析：are'考查时态和主谓一致。分析句子结构可知，主语是the kinds of facial makeup，所以谓语动词应用复数形式，且叙述的是客观事实，应用一般现在时。故填are。‎ ‎10．答案与解析：that'考查固定句型。There is no doubt that...意为“毫无疑问……”，为固定句型。故填that。‎ Section Ⅱ　Other parts of the Module 分类记单词 核心单词 ‎1.album n. 专辑 ‎2．band n. 乐队 ‎3．catchy adj. 动人的 ‎4．lyrics n. (复)歌词 ‎5．complex adj. 复杂的 拓展单词 ‎1.influence vt.影响→influential adj.有影响力的 ‎2．record vt.录音→recorder n．录音机 ‎3．lecturer n．(大学的)讲师→lecture n．演讲，讲座 ‎4．mix vt.使混合→mixture n．混合，混合物→mixed adj.混合的 阅读单词 ‎1.ballad n. 民歌；民谣，(伤感的)情歌 ‎2．solo adj. 独奏的 ‎3．tune n. 曲调 联想背短语 ‎1．no_way 没门，绝不 ‎2．refer_to 指；谈到；参考；查阅 ‎3．for_the_first_time 第一次 ‎4．mix..._with... 把……和……混合 ‎5．split_up 分裂；分割 ‎6．make_a_note_of 记录 精彩写句式 ‎1.find＋it＋形容词＋to do，it作形式宾语，不定式作真正的宾语。‎ As Beethoven grew older, he found it_more_difficult_to_compose good music.‎ 随着年龄的增长，贝多芬觉得谱出好的乐曲越来越难了。‎ ‎2．if条件句的省略 Have you ever heard of the Beatles？If_so,_what do you know about them?‎ 你听说过披头士乐队吗？如果听说过，你知道关于他们的什么事？‎ ‎3．不定式的主动形式表被动 If the words of a song are complex, are they easy or difficult to_understand (understand)?‎ 如果一首歌的歌词很复杂，那么它们是容易理解还是难理解？‎ ‎4．the way后跟定语从句 Are they happy with the_way they listen to music?‎ 他们对自己听音乐的方式满意吗？‎ ‎5．It is＋n.＋to do sth. ‎ Do you think it is a good idea to_mix (mix) Chinese and western music?‎ 你认为把中国音乐与西方音乐融合在一起是不是个好主意呢？‎ 重点单词突破 ‎1.influence vt.影响；对……起作用　n．影响；影响力 单句语法填空 ‎(1)Influenced (influence) by her story, I created the As We Heal, the World Heals project.‎ ‎(2)What influenced you to_give (give) up the plan?‎ 单句写作 Most parents think that computer games have_a_bad_influence_on their children.‎ 大部分家长认为电脑游戏对他们的孩子有不良影响。‎ ‎2．record vt.&vi.记录；记载，录音　n．记录，记载 完成句子 ‎(1)Please keep_a_record_of the telephone numbers of your new friends.‎ 请将你新朋友的电话号码记下来。‎ ‎(2)The young man set_a_new_record at the sports meeting.‎ 那位年轻人在运动会上创造了一项新纪录。‎ ‎(3)He did very well, but he failed to break_the_record.‎ 他做得很好，但是没能打破纪录。‎ ‎(4)It_is_recorded_that there have been lots of earthquakes in this area since 2018.‎ 据记载，这个地区自2018年以来发生过许多次地震。‎ ‎3．afford vt.买得起；负担得起 单句改错 ‎(1)We can't afford buy such an expensive car.afford后加to ‎(2)His parents can't afford to him the apartment.去掉to ‎4．mix v．混合，融合，调配 单句语法填空 ‎(1)The works of his are usually a mixture (mix) of Chinese tradition with western style.‎ ‎(2)With mixed (mix) feelings on mind, she doesn't know what to do next.‎ ‎(3)Mary and her twin sister are so alike that many people mix her up with her sister. ‎ 短语句式突破 ‎1.make a note of记录 完成句子 ‎(1)Next time you chat with a friend，take_note_of (注意) how you're sitting.‎ ‎(2)You'd better make_a_note_of_the_key_points (记下要点) in class in order to go over them after class.‎ ‎(3)These two scientists often compare_notes_with_each_other (彼此交换意见) on their research projects.‎ ‎2．句型公式： find＋it (形式宾语)＋adj.(宾补)＋to do... (真正的宾语)‎ ‎(教材原句)As Beethoven grew older, he found it more difficult to compose good music.‎ 随着年龄的增长，贝多芬觉得谱出好的乐曲越来越难了。‎ 单句语法填空 ‎(1)We find it necessary to_learn (learn) a foreign language in the job hunting.‎ ‎(2)I think it no good spending (spend) too much time on the Internet.‎ ‎3．句型公式： If so为条件状语从句的省略 ‎(教材原句)If so, what do you know about them?‎ 如果这样，你对他们了解多少？‎ 句型转换 ‎(1)Wash it in water and pick out the small particles, if there are any.‎ Wash it in water and pick out the small particles, if_any.‎ ‎(2)I'll go if you are going. If you aren't going, I'd rather stay at home.‎ I'll go if you are going.If_not,_I'd rather stay at home.‎ ‎4．句型公式：主语＋be＋形容词＋不定式 ‎(教材原句)If the words of a song are complex, are they easy or difficult to understand?‎ 如果一首歌的歌词很复杂，那么它们是容易理解还是难理解？‎ 单句语法填空/单句改错 ‎(1)I'm afraid we'll have to work extra hours, for some problems are hard to_settle (settle)．‎ ‎(2)This machine is very easy to_operate (operate). Anybody can learn to use it in a few minutes.‎ ‎(3)Even though the problem is difficult to explain it, I didn't give up.去掉_it ‎5．句型公式：‎ ‎(教材原句)Are they happy with the way they listen to music?‎ 他们对自己听音乐的方式满意吗？‎ 单句改错 The way which Miss Liu teaches English is quite different from Miss Zhao's.way后加in或which→that或去掉which 单句写作 ‎(1)I hate the_way_(in_which/that) you treat your pet dog.‎ 我讨厌你对待你的宠物狗的方式。‎ ‎(2)The_way_(that/which) you tell me to learn English is very useful.‎ 你告诉我的学习英语的方法很有用。‎ Ⅰ.单词拼写/单句语法填空 ‎1．This is one of the songs from her latest album (专辑)．‎ ‎2．They formed a(n) band (乐队) when they were still at school ‎3．The film's plot was so complex that I couldn't follow it.‎ ‎4．I don't know the title but I recognise the tune (曲调)．‎ ‎5．Is the machine still recorded (录音)?‎ ‎6．I didn't realise my mother loves me so much until I received her gift for my 18th birthday, a diary recording (record) the process of my growth.‎ ‎7．The two girls are so alike that strangers find it difficult to_tell (tell) one from the other.‎ ‎8．The lecturer (lecture) spoke very clearly so that we could hear every word.‎ ‎9．After the group had split up,_all the Beatles also performed as artists.‎ ‎10．Naturally, you were nervous when you went on the platform for the first time.‎ Ⅱ.单句改错 ‎1．It is clear that her painting has influenced by Picasso.在has后加been ‎2．I don't feel difficult to learn English.在feel后加it ‎3．Scan the newspaper article and make a note for the main point.for→of ‎4．Feng Xiaogang know as a director has directed many films.know→known ‎5．The way which Miss Liu teaches English is quite different from Miss Zhao's.which→that或which前加in或去掉which Ⅲ.完形填空 Popular Music Popular music is also called pop. It is any type of music that a large number of people __1__. It is different from folk (民间的) music, which is the __2__ music and songs of common people. It's __3__ different from classical (古典的) music, which is often more formal or artistic.‎ There are many types of popular music, __4__ rock, country, rap, rhythm and blues (or R & B), the blues and jazz.‎ It is very __5__ for popular music to be popular for only a short time. New songs regularly __6__ hit songs. Even __7__ of popular music lose popularity. The styles of big band, soul, and disco are no longer as popular as they once were. __8__， some songs and styles have remained popular for __9__.‎ Popular music developed out of many styles of religious (宗教的), folk, and classical music. In the 1800s concert bands and travelling musical groups brought __10__ music to more and more people.‎ In the late 1800s and early 1900s the United States became a(n) __11__ centre of popular music. Songwriters in New York City wrote many popular songs, __12__ African Americans created jazz and other new forms of popular music.‎ In the early 1900s phonograph records (留声机唱片) appeared, so people could __13__ music in their homes. __14__ the first radio stations began playing popular songs.‎ Rock and roll, a mixture of country and blues music, __15__ in the 1950s. It became wildly popular with young people. Rock is __16__ the bestknown form of popular music.‎ In the late 20th and early 21st centuries, radio, television, movies, and the Internet __17__ popular music to grow and to change. These __18__ made it possible for millions of people to hear a single __19__ at the same time. They also helped to __20__ popular music into the huge business that it is today.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是说明文。文章主要介绍了流行音乐的相关知识。‎ ‎1．A.try B．enjoy C．share D．remember 答案与解析：B　根据上一句中的Popular可知，流行音乐为大多数人所喜爱(enjoy)。‎ ‎2．A.quiet B．light C．serious D．traditional 答案与解析：D　根据该句中的folk music可知，民间音乐是一些普通人所创作出的传统的(traditional)乐曲。‎ ‎3．A.also B．never C．just D．already 答案与解析：A　根据上一句中的“It is different from folk music...”可知，此处接着说明流行音乐也(also)有别于古典音乐。‎ ‎4．A.except for B．because of C．such as D．instead of 答案与解析：C　该空后的rock, country, rap, rhythm and blues (or R & B), the blues和jazz是列举的流行音乐的几种类型，因此填such as。‎ ‎5．A.interesting B．common C．difficult D．terrible 答案与解析：B　根据常识可知，流行音乐流行时间不长实属常见(common)。‎ ‎6．A.improve B．influence C．control D．replace 答案与解析：D　根据上一句中“... popular music to be popular for only a short time.”‎ 可知，新推出的歌曲经常会替代(replace)那些曾经的热门歌曲。‎ ‎7．A.players B．writers C．types D．concerts 答案与解析：C　根据下一句“The styles of big band, soul, and disco are no longer as popular as they once were.”可知，甚至连流行音乐的类型(types)也可能会失去人气。‎ ‎8．A.However B．Besides C．Moreover D．Anyhow 答案与解析：A　上一句中的“... no longer as popular as they once were.”和该空后的“... have remained popular...”之间是转折关系，因此填However。‎ ‎9．A.days B．weeks C．months D．years 答案与解析：D　根据该段首句中的“... be popular for only a short time.”可知，较这些昙花一现的流行乐曲不同的是，有的歌曲或类型会持续相当长的时间，因此填years才能表达此处的强烈对比。‎ ‎10．A.folk B．popular C．classical D．religious 答案与解析：B　根据上一句中的Popular music以及整篇文章主要介绍流行音乐可知，此处指19世纪时，一些管乐团和旅行音乐团体将流行(popular)音乐带给越来越多的群体。‎ ‎11．A.safe B．strange C．important D．unusual 答案与解析：C　根据下一句中的“Songwriters in New York City wrote many popular songs... African Americans created jazz and other new forms of popular music.”可知，19世纪末20世纪初，美国是一个重要的(important)流行音乐中心。‎ ‎12．A.and B．but C since D．so 答案与解析：A　“纽约市的词曲作者写了很多广受欢迎的歌曲”与“非洲裔美国人创作出了爵士和其他形式的流行音乐”之间为并列关系，故填and。‎ ‎13．A.create B．record C．turn up D．listen to 答案与解析：D　根据该句中的“... phonograph records appeared...”可知，留声机唱片的出现使得人们能够在家听(listen to)音乐。‎ ‎14．A.Once B．Soon C．Recently D．Finally 答案：B ‎15．A.changed B．continued C．increased D．appeared 答案与解析：D　根据上下文介绍流行音乐的发展历程可知，很快(Soon)早期的广播电台开始播放流行歌曲。然后在20世纪50年代出现了(appeared)摇滚音乐。‎ ‎16．A.still B．only C．again D．even 答案与解析：A　根据上一句“It became wildly popular with young people.”和该句中的is可知，摇滚乐现在仍然(still)是众所周知的流行音乐。‎ ‎17．A.taught B．expected C．helped D．warned 答案与解析：C　在20世纪和21世纪交替之际，广播、电视、电影以及网络促进了(helped)流行音乐的发展和变化。‎ ‎18．A.examples B．inventions C．advantages D．activities 答案与解析：B　上一句中的“... radio, television, movies and the Internet...”是发明(inventions)。‎ ‎19．A.word B．answer C．notice D．song 答案与解析：D　根据全文介绍音乐的语境可知，数以百万计的人们可以在家同时收听同一首歌(song)。‎ ‎20．A.make B．bring C．introduce D．add 答案与解析：A　根据我们日常生活中所见的媒体网络对于音乐的广泛宣传可知，这些发明也成就了(make)流行音乐这一巨大的产业。‎ Ⅳ.阅读理解 Pharrell Williams takes a breath and considers how the past years have developed for him: ten Grammy Awards and a number of hit singles including a song that has caused countless fans to express how they are “happy”．‎ And the key, says the 43 year old known simply as Pharrell, has been taking advantage of audiences' (听众的) need for heartfelt personal stories.‎ ‎“I think we've entered a new singer song writer time，” said the American singer and producer.“People want a story. They want a story they can connect to. It's not about what you have or what you don't have; it's more about your journey and your viewpoint that's important to people.”‎ Pharrell said he noticed a change in audiences' tastes over the past year in particular with the sudden success of his song Happy, which received little fanfare upon its release but has turned into an international hit. Countless videos populate sites like YouTube with people from Portugal and China to Abu Dhabi and Iran singing and dancing along to the song.‎ After seeing how far his song travelled, the singer broke down in tears during a televised interview with the famous talk show host Oprah Winfrey.‎ ‎“It's just encouraging to people who have something to say, something to express，” he said.‎ The success has made Pharrell realize that people are searching for personal and emotional links (情感纽带), perhaps as a means of getting away from the modern technological world we're living in today.‎ ‎“People want to feel. There's too much thinking to deal with，” the singer said. “We're different from what we were 15 years ago. The only thing we have left that reminds (提醒) us that we are humans is feeling. It's the most important thing ever.”‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是记叙文。文章主要介绍了美国歌手、音乐制作人法瑞尔·威廉姆斯。‎ ‎1．What's the key to successful music according to Pharrell?‎ A．Writing happy songs.‎ B．Following your heart.‎ C．Telling moving stories.‎ D．Sharing personal experiences.‎ 答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据第二段中的“And the key... has been taking advantage of audiences' need for heartfelt personal stories.”和第三段中“... it's more about your journey and your viewpoint that's important to people.”可知， Pharrell认为音乐成功的关键在于要将个人的故事或观点赋予音乐中。‎ ‎2．What can we learn about Pharrell's song Happy?‎ A．It received a cold welcome.‎ B．It became popular overnight.‎ C．It changed audiences' tastes in music.‎ D．It received different responses at home and abroad.‎ 答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据第四段中的“... his song Happy, which received little fanfare upon its release...”可知，这首歌曲发行初期遭冷遇。‎ ‎3．How did Pharrell feel about the success of his song?‎ A．It was caused by good luck.‎ B．It was within his expectations.‎ C．It gave him hope and confidence.‎ D．It prevented him giving up making music.‎ 答案与解析：C　细节理解题。根据倒数第三段中的“It's just encouraging to people who have something to say, something to express...”可知， Happy这首歌的大获成功给了Pharrell希望和信心。‎ ‎4．Why do people want to be connected to others emotionally?‎ A．They need someone to talk to.‎ B．They need others to help them think.‎ C．They are tired of their own personal life.‎ D．They feel less human in the technological world.‎ 答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据倒数第二段中的“... a means of getting away from the modern technological world we're living in today...”以及最后一段中的“People want to feel.”和“The only thing we have left that reminds us that we are humans is feeling.”可知，人们想相互之间建立情感纽带等联系是因为在虚拟的世界中感受甚少，觉得缺少人情味。‎ Ⅴ.语法填空 Here is a wonderful story about Jimmy Durante, one of great 1.________ (sing). Asked to be a part of a show for some old soldiers, he told them he was very busy and he could afford only 2.________ few minutes, but he would come if they wouldn't mind his 3.________ (sing) one short song and immediately leaving for his next appointment. The show's director agreed happily.‎ However, when Jimmy got on stage, something surprising happened. He went through the short song and then stayed. The applause grew 4.________ (loud) and louder and he kept staying. One of 5.________ (he) assistants behind the stage stopped him and said, “I thought you had to go 6.________ a few minutes. What happened？”‎ Jimmy answered, “I did have to go, but I can show you the reason why I stayed. You can see for yourself if you look at the front row.” In the front row 7.________(be) two men, both of 8.________ had lost an arm in the war. One had lost his right arm and the other had lost his left. Together, they were able 9.________ (clap), and that was 10.________ (exact) what they were doing, loudly and cheerfully.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文主要叙述了著名歌手吉米·杜兰特为老兵们演唱并为之感动不已的故事。‎ ‎1．答案与解析：singers　由后文可知， Jimmy Durante是一个“歌唱家”，所填词在one of之后，故填singers。‎ ‎2．答案与解析：a　a few“一些”，是固定短语。‎ ‎3．答案与解析：singing　mind作“介意”讲，后跟动名词作宾语； his singing是动名词的复合结构。‎ ‎4．答案与解析：louder　根据空格后面的and louder判断填比较级，此处是“比较级＋and＋比较级”结构。‎ ‎5．答案与解析：his　所填词作定语，修饰名词，故用形容词性物主代词his。‎ ‎6．答案与解析：after　此处表示“几分钟之后”，故用介词after“(时间上)在……之后”。‎ ‎7．答案与解析：were　主语是two men，且句子用一般过去时，故be动词用were。‎ ‎8．答案与解析：whom　“both of＋关系代词”引导定语从句，关系代词指人，故填whom。‎ ‎9．答案与解析：to clap　be able to do sth.“有能力做某事”，是固定用法。‎ ‎10．答案与解析：exactly　作状语，表强调，用副词。‎ Section Ⅲ　Grammar——时间状语从句和过去完成时 教材语法感知 ‎①He learned to play the harpsichord when he was four, he started composing music when he was five, and when he was six, he played the harpsichord in a concert for the Empress of Austria.‎ ‎②While he was still a teenager, Mozart was already a big star and toured Europe giving concerts.‎ ‎③He showed musical talent when he was very young, and learned to play the violin and piano from his father, who was a singer.‎ ‎④As he grew older, he began to go deaf.‎ ‎⑤By the time he was 14, Mozart had composed many pieces for the harpsichord, piano and violin, as well as for orchestras.‎ ‎⑥After they had known each other for many years, Beethoven said, “He is a good composer, but he has taught me nothing.”‎ 我的发现 ‎1．例句①②③中的过去分词(短语)在句中作定语。‎ ‎2．例句②③中为单个的过去分词作定语，常常放在被修饰名词的前面；例句①中为过去分词短语作定语，应放在被修饰名词的后面。‎ ‎3．例句④⑤⑥中的时态为一般过去时，都和表示过去的时间状语连用。‎ 典题语法感悟 Ⅰ.单句语法填空 ‎1．In the 1950s in the USA, most families had just one phone at home, and wireless phones hadn't_been_invented (not, invent) yet.‎ ‎2．As the average age of the population increases, there are more and more old people to care for.‎ ‎3．Silk had_become (become) one of the primary goods traded along the Silk Road by about 100 BC.‎ ‎4．When walking down the street, I came across David, whom I hadn't_seen (not, see) for years.‎ ‎5．Over time, as/when the population grew, people began cutting food into small pieces so it would cook more quickly.‎ ‎6．When/If it cried, she rocked it back and forth and gave it little comforting pats.‎ ‎7．Just as I got to the school gate, I realized I had_left (leave) my book in the cafe.‎ ‎8．—Did you have difficulty finding Ann's house?‎ ‎—Not really. She had_given (give) us clear directions and we were able to find it easily.‎ ‎9．It was the middle of the night when my father woke me up and told me to watch the football game.‎ ‎10．Writing out all the invitations by hand was more timeconsuming than we had_expected (expect)．‎ Ⅱ.单句改错 ‎1．The games my parents taught me where I was a child turned out to be very useful later in my life.where→when ‎2．I didn't realize how right my parents are until I entered high school.are→were ‎3．I had grown not only physically, but also mentally in the past few years.had→have ‎1．时间状语从句 选词填空　when, while, as, by the time ‎(1)When I went into the classroom, he was reading.‎ ‎(2)When/By_the_time I arrived, the film had already ended.‎ ‎(3)While I am willing to help, I do not have much time tomorrow.‎ ‎(4)While/When she was making a call, I entered her room.‎ ‎(5)As you grow older, you'll know better and better about yourself.‎ 完成句子 ‎(1)As_time_went_on (随着时间的推移), his sight became worse and worse.‎ ‎(2)My wife kept silent while/when_I_was_working (当我工作的时候)．‎ ‎(3)The students took notes as_they_listened (一边听)．‎ ‎(4)I was_about_to_go_to_bed_last_night (昨晚正要上床睡觉) when I heard a cry for help.‎ ‎(5)By_the_time_you_receive_the_letter (等你收到这封信的时候), I will_have_left (将已经离开) the city for my hometown.‎ ‎2．过去完成时 单句语法填空 ‎(1)When I got to school I found that my classmate had_left (leave)．‎ ‎(2)He is a professor of Shandong University. He stayed (stay) in America for 4 years.‎ ‎(3)The man said that he had_written (write) about 300 pieces of music.‎ ‎(4)I had_intended (intend) to call on you, but I had an unexpected visitor.‎ ‎(5)The three of us travelled (travel) around Europe for about a month last summer.‎ ‎(6)She asked me whether I had_returned (return) the books to the library, and I admitted that I hadn't.‎ ‎(7)I found the lecture hard to follow because it had_started (start) when I arrived.‎ ‎(8)—Did you have to do much for the dinner party?‎ ‎—Helen had_finished (finish) everything by the time I got home. ‎ ‎(9)They had_finished (finish) all their work by 5 o'clock yesterday afternoon.‎ ‎(10)It was the first time he had_been (be) to Qingdao.‎ 完成句子 ‎(1)She said that she had_seen_the_film_before (以前看过这部电影)．‎ ‎(2)We had_built_five_bridges (已经建了5座桥) by the end of last year.‎ ‎(3)It was the third time that he had_been_out_of_work (失业) that year.‎ ‎(4)We had_hoped_that_you_would_come (本期望你会来), but you didn't.‎ ‎(5)Hardly had_I_got_to_the_bus_stop (我到达汽车站) when the bus started.‎ Ⅰ.单句语法填空 ‎1．It's good to know that the dogs will be well cared for when/while we're away.‎ ‎2．As you grow older, you'll know better and better about yourself.‎ ‎3．As he grew older, he became more intelligent.‎ ‎4．When/While/As he was speaking, everybody listened carefully.‎ ‎5．By the time I get home, they will_have_left (leave)．‎ ‎6．When they got (get) there, the famous singer had_left (leave)．‎ ‎7．It was the first time that he had_met (meet) so strange a kind of car.‎ ‎8．The new bridge had_been_designed (design) by the end of last month.‎ ‎9．I found the lecture hard to follow because it had_started (start) when I arrived.‎ ‎10．Our friendship developed (develop) quickly over the weeks that followed.‎ Ⅱ.单句改错 ‎1．When I had lived in the countryside, I used to play in the woods.去掉had ‎2．While time goes by, we will be older and older.While→As/When ‎3．He was doing his homework while his friend came in.while→when ‎4．—Why didn't Tom attend the meeting yesterday?‎ ‎—He has gone to Beijing.has→had ‎5．I don't want to go to the cinema, for I had seen that film already.had→have Ⅲ.语法填空 ‎　　 Have you ever had the feeling 1.________ cannot be understood by anyone? Well, here 2.________ (come) “Pepper”， which could be about to change all that. Pepper is the first robot 3.________ (read) human feelings. Using its emotion recognition functions (情感识别功能), Pepper can make jokes, dance and 4.________ (surprising) it can even sing to people when they are around it.‎ ‎ The robot looks like a lovely girl. It is four feet tall with 5.________ tablet computer in its chest. It has humanlike hands, a girllike body and babylike voice.‎ ‎ Pepper can tell different facial 6.________ (express), human voices and signs, and then make an answer. Pepper is designed to be a family robot, but it isn't like the household robot on the cartoon. Pepper 7.________ (use) at home or stores, where we enjoy pleasure and entertainment. At home, not only can it tell jokes, it also helps people in trouble. If a natural accident happens, it can encourage them and make them laugh and feel 8.________ (relax)．‎ ‎ Pepper began to be on sale 9.________ the price of $‎2,000 a few years ago. At present, several Peppers are on show at stores for people to visit. Before 10.________ (sell) Peppers, the creators want them to store more knowledge in order to get along better with human beings.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文主要介绍了名为“Pepper”的机器人的功能、外貌和发展前景。‎ ‎1．答案与解析：that/which　考查定语从句。分析句子结构可知，先行词为feeling，空处引导定语从句，且在从句中作主语，故填that/which。‎ ‎2．答案与解析：comes　考查动词的时态和主谓一致。分析句子结构可知，此处是here引起的倒装句，主语为“Pepper”，为第三人称单数，再结合语境可知，这里应用一般现在时，故填comes。‎ ‎3．答案与解析：to read　考查非谓语动词。分析句子结构可知，这里是“the＋序数词＋名词＋动词不定式”结构，所以应用动词不定式作定语。‎ ‎4．答案与解析：surprisingly　考查副词。分析句子结构可知，空处修饰后面的句子，所以要用副词。‎ ‎5．答案与解析：a　考查冠词。根据语境可知， computer是可数名词，此处表示泛指，且tablet的发音以辅音音素开头，故填a。‎ ‎6．答案与解析：expression(s)　考查词形转换。分析句子结构并根据语境可知，此处表示“面部表情”，应用名词，expression作“表情”讲时，既可作可数名词，也可作不可数名词，故填expression(s)。‎ ‎7．答案与解析：is used　考查动词的时态和语态。根据语境可知，此处应用一般现在时，且Pepper与use之间为动宾关系，故用一般现在时的被动语态。‎ ‎8．答案与解析：relaxed　考查形容词。分析句子结构可知，这里是“make＋宾语＋宾补”结构，宾语为them，指人，故用形容词relaxed，表示“轻松自在的，放松的”。‎ ‎9．答案与解析：at　考查介词。at the price of意为“以……的价格”，为固定用法。‎ ‎10．答案与解析：selling　考查非谓语动词。空处在介词Before后，所以用动词ing形式作宾语，故填selling。‎ Ⅳ.短文改错 I was sitting on a train once when I notice a mobile phone on the floor. I looked around but I couldn't see anyone nearby which could have dropped it. After about ten minutes, I decided pick it up. It looked like quite new and it was still on. Then I looked through an address book, and sent a message to a couple of name in the phone book. I didn't hear something for a while, but just as I was getting on the train, the phone rang. I answered and a girl's voice saying，“Hello, I think you've got my phone！” That's why I met my best friend, Li Hua.‎ 答案： ‎ I was sitting on a train once when I a mobile phone on the floor. I looked around but I couldn't see anyone nearby could have dropped it. After about ten minutes, I decided pick it up. It looked like quite new and it was still on. Then I looked through address book ‎, and sent a message to a couple of in the phone book. I didn't hear for a while, but just as I was getting the train, the phone rang. I answered and a girl's voice ，“Hello, I think you've got my phone！” That's I met my best friend, Li Hua.‎ Section Ⅳ　Writing——如何介绍一位音乐家 普通表达——常用词汇　普通句式　让学生写作思路“活”起来 写作任务 你校英文报新开设的Popular Musicians栏目正面向全校学生征稿。请你根据所给提示，用英语写一篇介绍著名音乐家弗里德里克·肖邦(Frédéric Francois Chopin)的短文。‎ 生卒年份 ‎1810～1949‎ 生平简介 ‎★6岁学习音乐，7岁作曲，8岁公开演出，20岁已是颇有名气的作曲家。‎ ‎★21岁移居巴黎，以作曲和教学为生。‎ 成就及评价 一生创作了约二百部作品，被誉为“钢琴诗人”。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1．词数100左右；‎ ‎2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ 写作指导 一、审题定调 本写作要求介绍著名音乐家弗里德里克·肖邦，属于记叙文的写作范畴。其关键之处在于突出其主要经历和成就，介绍其生平事迹时一般用第三人称，时态以一般过去时为主。‎ 二、谋篇布局 此类文章一般采用“总—分—总”模式，对肖邦的主要经历和成就进行介绍，使读者对其有一个较为清晰和全面的了解。‎ 针对本篇写作任务，我们可以列出以下提纲：‎ 第一部分：总体介绍(包括其身份及生卒年份等)；‎ 第二部分：介绍肖邦的主要经历；‎ 第三部分：总结全文(说明肖邦的成就以及人们对他的评价)。‎ 三、组织语言 第一部分：总体介绍(包括其身份及生卒年份等)。‎ ‎1．He was_born_on/in (出生于) and died on/in.‎ ‎2．Chopin, one_of_the_greatest_musicians (最伟大的音乐家之一) in the world, lived from 1810 to 1849.‎ 第二部分：介绍肖邦的主要经历。‎ ‎3．肖邦6岁学习音乐，7岁作曲，8岁开始公开演出。‎ Chopin_learned_music_when_he_was_six._He_started_composing_music_at_seven,_and_he_began_giving_public_concerts_at_eight.‎ ‎4．20岁时，肖邦已经成为非常有名的作曲家。‎ By_the_time_he_was_20,_Chopin_had_become_a_well_known_composer.‎ ‎5．Chopin moved to Paris at 21 and earned_a_living (谋生) there as a composer and teacher.‎ 第三部分：总结全文(说明肖邦的成就以及人们对他的评价)。‎ ‎6．肖邦在他一生中，创作了约200部音乐作品，被誉为“钢琴诗人”。‎ In_his_life,_Chopin_composed_about_200_pieces_of_music,_and_has_been_called_“the_poet_of_the_piano”．‎ 四、连句成篇 Frédéric Francois Chopin, a great composer, was born in 1810 and died in 1849.‎ Chopin learned music when he was six. He started composing music at seven, and he began giving public concerts at eight. By the time he was 20, Chopin had become a wellknown composer. Chopin moved to Paris at 21 and earned a living there as a composer and teacher.‎ In his life, Chopin composed about 200 pieces of music, and has been called “the poet of the piano”．‎ 我的写作体会：　‎ ‎　‎ ‎　‎ 高级表达——精彩词汇　句式升级　让学生满分作文“易”起来 任务呈现 假如你是Lily，学校文学社请你根据下列提示用英语写一篇100词左右的短文，介绍当代歌星刘欢，以便发表在某个对国外发行的英文杂志上。‎ ‎1．刘欢，中国流行歌王之一，主要作品有《我心中的太阳》(The Sun in My Heart)、《弯弯的月亮》(A Crescent Moon)等。‎ ‎2．除流行歌曲外，刘欢还擅长多种风格的演唱，如摇滚和民乐等。他还为多部电影电视剧插曲作词、作曲。‎ ‎3．刘欢对公众事务很感兴趣， 多次应邀为大型体育盛会创作并演唱主题歌，在2008年北京奥运会上演唱主题歌《我和你》(You and Me)。‎ ‎4．他除了对音乐有研究之外，对旅游、文学和美术等均有研究。‎ 写作步骤 一、统筹安排 体裁 记叙文 时态 一般过去时和一般现在时 主题 名人介绍 人称 第三人称 结构 第一部分，引入：介绍主要成就及特长 第二部分，阐述：介绍主要作品 第三部分，结尾：总体评价 二、词语储备——想周全核心词汇 ‎　　　　 　　‎ ‎1．inspire/motivate/encourage/drive 激励 ‎2．enthusiasm/warmth 热情 ‎3．be_famous_for/be_well_known_for 因……而闻名 ‎4．different_styles/a_variety_of_styles 多种风格的 ‎5．rang_from..._to... 范围从……到……‎ ‎6．as_well_as/not_only..._but_also 也，不仅……而且 ‎7．show_interest_in 在……方面显示兴趣 ‎8．public_affairs 公众事务 ‎9．draw_people's_heart_close 把人们的心拉近 三、备用句型罗列——巧用重点句式、语法 完成句子 ‎1．刘欢是中国流行歌王之一，因优美的歌曲《我心中的太阳》、《弯弯的月亮》等而闻名。(and连接两个并列分句)‎ Liu_Huan_is_a_prince_of_pop_singers_in_China_and_he_is_famous_for_his_beautiful_songs_such_as_The_Sun_in_My_Heart_and_A_Crescent_Moon.‎ ‎2．他擅长多种风格的演唱，范围从摇滚到民乐等。(现在分词短语作状语)‎ He_is_good_at_singing_songs_of_different_styles,_ranging_from_rock_to_folk_songs.‎ ‎3．他不只是一位歌手，还是一位词作者和作曲者。(主系表结构)‎ He_is_a_singer_as_well_as_a_songwriter_and_composer.‎ ‎4．他还为多部电影电视剧插曲作词、作曲并演唱。(主谓结构)‎ He_wrote,_composed_and_sang_for_many_TV_plays_and_movies_as_well.‎ ‎5．刘欢对公众事务很感兴趣。(主谓宾结构)‎ Liu_Huan_shows_great_interest_in_public_affairs.‎ ‎6．他多次应邀为大型体育盛会创作并演唱主题歌。(被动语态)‎ He_has_been_invited_to_write_and_sing_songs_for_many_international_sports_meetings.‎ ‎7．他在2008年北京奥运会上演唱主题歌《我和你》。(主谓宾结构)‎ In_2008,_he_sang_the_Beijing_Olympic_Theme_You_and_Me.‎ ‎8．《我和你》激发了人们对运动的热情，也拉近了全世界人民的心。(and连接两个并列谓语)‎ You_and_Me_inspires_people's_enthusiasm_to_sports_and_draws_world_people's_heart_close.‎ ‎9．他对旅游、文学和美术等其他事情均有研究。(主系表结构)‎ He_is_also_interested_in_many_other_things,_such_as_tourism,_literature_and_fine_art.‎ 句式升级 ‎10．用名词短语作同位语改写句1‎ Liu_Huan,_a_prince_of_pop_singers_in_China,_is_famous_for_his_beautiful_songs_such_as_The_Sun_in_My_Heart_and_A_Crescent_Moon.‎ ‎11．用Not only... but also...改写句3‎ Not_only_is_he_a_singer_but_also_a_songwriter_and_composer.‎ ‎12．用which引导的定语从句连接句7和句8‎ In_2008,_he_sang_the_Beijing_Olympic_Theme_You_and_Me,_which_inspires_people's_enthusiasm_to_sports_and_draws_world_people's_heart_close.‎ 四、扩充要点，连词成句 ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ 高级范文：‎ Liu Huan, a prince of pop singers in China, is famous for his beautiful songs such as The Sun in My Heart and A Crescent Moon. Apart from pop songs, he is good at singing songs of different styles, ranging from rock to folk songs. Not only is he a singer but also a songwriter and composer.‎ Liu Huan wrote, composed and sang for many TV plays and movies. He shows great interest in public affairs. And he has been invited to write and sing songs for many international sports meetings. In 2008, he sang the Beijing Olympic Theme You and Me, which inspires people's enthusiasm to sports and draws world people's heart close.‎ Liu Huan is a man of many abilities who is also interested in many other things, such as tourism, literature and fine art.‎ 我的写作体会：　‎ ‎　‎ ‎　‎ 写作训练 一、你校学生会准备办一期主题为Great Musicians的英语墙报。请你根据所给提示，用英语写一篇短文介绍中国著名音乐家冼星海。内容主要包括：‎ 主要经历及贡献 ‎★1905年出生于澳门一个贫苦家庭。‎ ‎★1928年在上海国立音乐专科学校(Shanghai National Music Conservatory)学习小提琴和钢琴；‎ ‎★1931年，考入了巴黎音乐学院(the Paris Conservatory)。留法期间，创作了许多优秀作品；‎ ‎★1935年回国后，在中日战争(the SinoJapanese War)期间写了许多鼓励人们战斗的歌曲，如著名的《黄河大合唱》(Yellow River Cantata)；‎ ‎★1945年，在莫斯科(Moscow)因病去世。‎ 评价 因对中国音乐的贡献获得了“人民音乐家(People's Composer)”的称号。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1．词数100左右；‎ ‎2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。‎ 参考范文：‎ Xian Xinghai, a great Chinese composer, was born into a poor family in Macao in 1905.‎ When he was young, he showed great musical talent. In 1928 Xian entered Shanghai National Music Conservatory to study violin and piano. In 1931 he was admitted to the Paris Conservatory. During this period he composed many excellent works. Xian returned to China in 1935. During the SinoJapanese War he wrote works to encourage Chinese people to fight, including the famous song Yellow River Cantata. Unfortunately, he died from an illness in Moscow in 1945.‎ Xian Xinghai's contributions to Chinese music won him the title “People's Composer”．‎ 二、请根据下列表格提示，介绍音乐人周杰伦的个人事迹。‎ 姓名 周杰伦 英文名 Jay Chou 出生 ‎1979.1.18‎ 籍贯 中国台湾 个人简介 ‎(1)杰出的歌手、出色的演员，现在也是导演 ‎(2)14岁父母离异，性格孤僻，但对音乐表现出惊人的天赋 ‎(3)专长R & B和rap，有“亚洲流行天王”之称 ‎(4)创造出多变的演唱表演风格，他的歌曲受到全世界华人的喜爱 注意：‎ ‎1．词数100左右；‎ ‎2．可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。‎ 参考范文：‎ Zhou Jielun Zhou Jielun, whose English name is Jay Chou, was born on January 18, 1979, in Taiwan. When he was 14, his parents split up. Because of this, he changed a lot and became silent. On the other hand, he had a great talent for music and was crazy about music, especially R & B and rap. The talented boy is honored as “Asian Pop Star”. He created and developed many different kinds of singing and acting styles. His songs are very popular with Chinese people all over the world.‎ Zhou Jielun is famous at home and abroad. He is a successful singer, excellent actor and even director at present.‎ Module 4　Fine Arts — Western, Chinese and Pop Arts Module 4　Fine Arts — Western, Chinese and Pop Arts Section Ⅰ　Introduction & Reading and vocabulary 分类记单词 核心单词 ‎1.scene n. 景色；风景 ‎2．aspect n. 方面 ‎3．observe vt. 观察；注意到 ‎4．style n. 风格 ‎5．aim vi. 以……为目标；打算；意欲 ‎6．stand vt. 忍受 ‎7．adopt vt. 采纳；采用 ‎8．alive adj. 活的，活着的；有活力的，有生气的 拓展单词 ‎1.artist n．艺术家→art n．艺术 ‎2．colourful adj.彩色的→colour n．颜色 ‎3．delightful adj.令人愉快的；可爱的→delight n．& vt.高兴；愉快；使高兴→delighted adj.感到高兴的 ‎4．drawing n．图画→draw v．画画；素描 ‎5．paint vt.绘画；(用颜料)画→painting n．绘画；油画→painter n. 画家 ‎6．traditional adj.传统的；习俗的→tradition n．传统 ‎7．imitate vt.临摹；仿造；模仿；仿效→imitation n．模仿；仿制品 ‎8．reality n．真实；现实；逼真→real adj.真实的 ‎9．unusual adj.不寻常的；非凡的→usual adj.通常的；平常的 阅读单词 ‎1.like n. 爱好；嗜好 ‎2．dislike n. 憎恶，不喜欢 ‎3．contemporary adj. 当代的 联想背短语 ‎1．be_interested_in 对……感兴趣 ‎ ‎2．think_about 考虑 ‎3．because_of 因为 ‎4．be/get_tired_of 对……厌烦 ‎5．be_crazy_about 对……狂热，热衷于……‎ ‎6．be_fond_of 爱好；喜欢；喜爱 ‎7．develop_an_interest_in 对……产生兴趣 ‎8．tell_by 从……可以看出 精彩写句式 ‎1.with＋宾语＋宾语补足语 Cubist artists painted objects and people, with different aspects of the object or person showing (show) at the same time.‎ 在描绘物体或人的时候，立体派画家会同时展现描绘物体或人的多个不同侧面。‎ ‎2．名词短语作同位语 Qi Baishi (1863～1957), one_of_China's_greatest_painters,_followed the traditional Chinese style of painting.‎ 齐白石(1863～1957)是中国最伟大的画家之一，遵循了中国传统的绘画风格。‎ ‎3．反义疑问句 It's by a Chinese artist, isn't_it?‎ 它是由一位中国画家画的，是不是？‎ 重点单词突破 ‎1.delightful adj. 令人愉快的；可爱的 单句语法填空 ‎(1)She is a kindhearted lady with a positive attitude toward life because she takes delight in helping others.‎ ‎(2)To my delight, I was chosen from hundreds of applicants to attend the opening ceremony.‎ ‎(3)The professor was delighted to_find (find) that the project had been finished by the students independently.‎ ‎(4)It is really an honour to have had a delightful (delight) talk with the president, which I will value forever.‎ ‎2．scene n．(戏剧)一场；现场；场面；景色 完成句子 ‎(1)The_happy_scene_of (高兴的场面) children playing in the garden disappeared, and it was ‎ quiet again.‎ ‎(2)Nine people died_on_the_scene (当场死亡) and one more person died in hospital in the car crash.‎ 句式升级 普通表达　On receiving the call, the police rushed to the scene, and there a traffic accident happened.‎ 高级表达　On receiving the call, the police rushed to the scene, where/in_which_a_traffic_accident_happened.(定语从句)‎ ‎3．alive adj.活着的，充满活力的，仍然存在的 选词填空　lively, alive, live, living ‎(1)The boy is an orphan and has no living relatives.‎ ‎(2)The spy was caught alive,_but he died from wounds the next day.‎ ‎(3)There will be a live TV broadcast of this conference this evening.‎ ‎(4)The teacher has a gift for making his lessons lively and interesting.‎ ‎4．adopt vt.采用，采取(计划、方法)；采纳(意见、议案)；收养 一词多义　写出下列句中adopt的含义 ‎(1)He's not our natural son; we adopted him when he was three.领养 ‎(2)This textbook has been adopted in many countries.采用 ‎(3)The council is expected to adopt the new policy at its next meeting.采纳 ‎5．observe vt.注意，观察；遵守(法律、习俗等)；庆祝(节日)‎ 一词多义　写出下列句中observe的含义 ‎(1)The scientist devoted most of his life to observing the behavior of the chimps.观察 ‎(2)Anyone who comes here must observe the rules.遵守 ‎(3)Could you tell me how you usually observe Thanksgiving Day in your country？庆祝 ‎(4)I observed him put the watch into his pocket.注意到 单句改错 The man was observed open the window of the shop.observed后加to ‎6．stand vt.忍受；容忍　vi.站立；坐落 一词多义　写出下列句中stand的含义 ‎(1)The Public Square is an eyecatching sight of the city. There stand many stone sculptures of famous historical figures.矗立 ‎(2)When it comes to my class, I have to say that I can't stand some classmates' selfishness.忍受 ‎(3)Mike was unwilling to take a stand on the issue.立场 ‎(4)At the front of the supermarket, a charity group had set up a stand selling flowers to raise funds.货摊 单句语法填空 ‎(1)I can't stand people smoking (smoke) while they are eating.‎ ‎(2)In China, Chinese knotting stands for friendship, love and good luck.‎ ‎7．aim vi.以……为目标；打算；意欲　n．[C]目标，目的；[U]瞄准，对准 单句语法填空 ‎(1)I am writing to sincerely invite you to join the table tennis team in our school aimed at developing (develop) our interests and improving our skills.‎ ‎(2)She went to London with the aim of finding a job.‎ ‎(3)His brother studied hard, aiming (aim) at passing the 2019 College Entrance Examination.‎ 句式升级 普通表达　This activity is aimed at (目的是) improving the students' ability of listening and speaking. It is very popular.‎ 高级表达　Aimed_at improving the students' ability of listening and speaking, this activity is very popular.(分词作状语)‎ 短语句式突破 ‎1.get/be tired of对……厌烦 单句语法填空/单句改错 ‎(1)Many people are tired of the city life now.‎ ‎(2)Being tired from a whole day's journey, she slept like a dog.‎ ‎(3)I must sit down and rest; I am tired out.‎ ‎(4)The job is so tired that the woman wants to give it up.tired→tiring ‎2．tell by从……可以看出/辨别 单句语法填空 ‎(1)Don't_tell_a_person_by his or her appearance.‎ ‎(2)Can you tell the difference between the two pictures?‎ ‎(3)The two brothers are very alike. You literally can't tell them apart.‎ ‎3．句型公式： with＋宾语＋宾语补足语 ‎(教材原句)Cubist artists painted objects and people, with different aspects of the object or person showing at the same time.‎ 在描绘物体或人的时候，立体派画家会同时展现对象的多个不同侧面。‎ 单句语法填空/单句改错 ‎(1)With all the things she needed bought (buy), she went home happily.‎ ‎(2)With so many books to_read (read), I have no time to chat with you.‎ ‎(3)With the old man lead the way, they started towards the mountain.lead→leading Ⅰ.单词拼写/单句语法填空 ‎1．Although it was written hundreds of years ago, it still has a(n) contemporary (当代的) feel to it.‎ ‎2．It was the kind of morning when you wake up and feel really alive (有活力的)．‎ ‎3．Dealing with people is the most important aspect of my work.‎ ‎4．I observed the thief putting the watch into his pocket just now.‎ ‎5．She's a very popular writer but I just don't like her style (风格)．‎ ‎6．The scene from the mountaintop was breathtaking.‎ ‎7．It's traditional (传统的) in America to eat turkey on Thanksgiving Day.‎ ‎8．All three teams adopted different approaches to the problem yesterday.‎ ‎9．His main dislikes (like) about work are the noise and dust in the factory.‎ ‎10．People wore colourful (colour) clothes and seemed to be having a good time.‎ ‎11．Monet is one of my favourite artists (art)．‎ ‎12．It was the most delightful (delight) garden I had ever seen.‎ ‎13．He did a(n) drawing (draw) of the old farmhouse.‎ ‎14．He now works as a(n) painter (paint) in Paris.‎ ‎15．What she had to do, finally, was face reality (realise)．‎ Ⅱ.阅读理解 A Savannah Gallery is in the valley, close to Crocus Hill. It is housed in two old houses which I believe add to the attraction of this gallery. I visited the gallery recently. Frank Costin who is the owner and director of Savannah Gallery was so helpful and friendly and shared the history behind some of the art in the gallery. I was fascinated by a piece of art by Victor Hempel and the story behind it.‎ ‎“Two years ago, this talented sculptor (雕塑家) found an almond tree floating in the salt pond of Sandy Ground. He saw possibilities with his gifted eyes and pulled the tree back to his boat and workshop. This spring, after being exhibited in the St Barth's art exhibition, it arrived in the gallery. There's not a single wall in this gallery that can fit its 11 feet height！” Frank said. After a couple of days, he hoisted (吊起) it up and placed it in the gallery's front room. “It's an amazing sculpture, and it's titled Greeting the Morning Sun. It is truly a great work of this sculptor，” Frank said. I agree with Frank. I think it is simply beautiful and I love the story behind it.‎ There are many other beautiful pieces of art in the gallery. It was nice to walk slowly from room to room and picture in my mind that Anguillan families once lived and loved in the tiny rooms of the gallery. I then went out on the back porch and was watched by some cats. As Frank explained, he is allergic (过敏的) to cats, but he feeds the cats and they never come too close. He benefits because they keep the mice away and they benefit as they are fed daily.‎ It was a lovely visit and I will be sure to visit during the year to see what new pieces of art the gallery has. If you're a fan of art, don't miss the gallery.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　作者向我们介绍了Savannah Gallery的一件艺术品，鼓励我们去那里看看。‎ ‎1．When the author saw Victor Hempel's artwork at the gallery, she was most probably ________.‎ A．surprised and frightened B．excited and proud C．sad and disappointed D．attracted and amazed 答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据第一段的最后一句以及那件艺术品很令人震撼的语境可推断，作者深深地被吸引了，同时也被震撼到了。‎ ‎2．Why did Victor Hempel pull the almond tree back to his boat?‎ A．Because he wanted to experiment with it.‎ B．Because he was sure it would lead to a great artwork.‎ C．Because he was afraid the salt pond would damage it.‎ D．Because he knew Savannah Gallery would need it.‎ 答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据第二段的“He saw possibilities with his gifted eyes and pulled the tree back to his boat and workshop.”可知，是因为他认为其可以成为一件很好的艺术品。‎ ‎3．After Frank Costin saw Victor Hempel's artwork, he ________.‎ A．suggested a name for it B．immediately hoisted it up C．wasn't very interested in it D．thought it was too tall for his gallery 答案与解析：D　细节理解题。根据第二段的“There's not a single wall in this gallery that can fit its 11 feet height！”可知， Frank认为这件艺术品对于他的画廊来说太高了。‎ ‎4．Why does Frank Costin keep the cats at the gallery?‎ A．Because they can attract visitors.‎ B．Because they help him kill time.‎ C．Because they are useful for the gallery.‎ D．Because they have nowhere else to go.‎ 答案与解析：C　细节理解题。根据第三段的“He benefits because they keep the mice away and they benefit as they are fed daily.”可知，养那些猫对画廊有好处。‎ B Paper cutting is one of China's most popular folk arts. Archaeological (考古学上的) finds show that the tradition started in the 6th century; it is even supposed that the beginning of paper cutting is even a few centuries earlier.‎ Paper cuts have special importance at festivals and on holidays. To get rid of (摆脱) the old and bring good luck, people put up paper cuts on the windows on the Eve of the Spring Festival.‎ Paper cuts are not produced by machine, but by hand. They are done all over China, but are different in the method in different areas. There are two methods of making paper cuts — by using scissors (剪刀) or knives. As the name suggests, scissors cuttings are made with scissors. Several pieces of paper (up to eight pieces) are placed together. The patterns are then cut with pointed scissors. Knife cuttings are made by putting several pieces of paper on a table. Following a pattern, the artist cuts the patterns into the paper with a knife.‎ In the past, paper cuts are usually made only by women and girls. They use scissors and paper to cut all kinds of pictures such as apple trees, peach blossoms, mice, fighting roosters (公鸡) and rabbits eating carrots.‎ This used to be one of the skills that every girl was to master. Professional paper cutting artists are, on the other hand, almost always men who can make a living by working together in workshops.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是说明文，是社会文化类的话题。文章介绍了中国最为流行的民间艺术之一——剪纸。‎ ‎5．How long has paper cutting lasted at least?‎ A．About 600 years. B．About 1,500 years.‎ C．About 2,000 years. D．About 2,700 years.‎ 答案与解析：B　推理判断题。根据第一段可知，考古发现显示剪纸起源于六世纪，甚至有人认为还要早上几个世纪。由此可以推知，剪纸至少有约1500年的历史了。‎ ‎6．People put up paper cuts on the windows in order to ________.‎ A．make them look more beautiful B．show others their excellent skills C．bring them good luck in the new year D．sell them on the Eve of the Spring Festival 答案与解析：C　细节理解题。根据第二段的第二句“To get rid of the old and bring good ‎ luck...”可知，人们把剪纸贴在窗户上，是为了摆脱老旧的东西，带来好运。‎ ‎7．What does the third paragraph mainly tell us?‎ A．Two kinds of paper cuts.‎ B．Paper cuts are made by hand.‎ C．Paper cuts are made by machine.‎ D．The process of making paper cuts.‎ 答案与解析：A　段落大意题。通读第三段可知，本段介绍了两种不同的剪纸方法——剪刀剪纸和刻刀剪纸。‎ ‎8．Paper cuts are usually about ________.‎ A．family members of the artists B．sports and social activities C．fights between animals D．things in our daily life 答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据倒数第二段中的“... such as apple trees, peach blossoms, mice, fighting roosters and rabbits eating carrots”．可以推知，剪纸的内容大多是日常生活中常见的事物。‎ Ⅲ.七选五 Culture shock has many stages. Each stage can appear only at certain times. In the first stage, everything is new and exciting. New arrivals may be pleased by all the new things around them. __1__‎ Afterwards, the second stage presents itself. A person may go through some difficult times in daily life. __2__ This happens when a person is trying to fit in with a new culture. It is a difficult process and takes time to complete.‎ The third stage is featured by gaining some understanding of the new culture. __3__ The new arrival may not feel lost any more. The person begins to learn more about the new culture and wants to belong to it.‎ In the fourth stage, the person gradually realizes that the new culture has good and bad things to offer. This process is often accompanied (伴随) by a much stronger feeling of belonging. __4__‎ The fifth stage is the stage that is called the “reentry shock”. __5__ One may find that things are no longer the same. For example, some of the newly acquired customs are not in use in the old culture.‎ These stages are present at different times and each person has his/her own way of reacting in the stages of culture shock. As a result, some stages will be longer and more difficult than others.‎ A．This time is called the “honeymoon” stage.‎ B．The person starts to establish goals for living.‎ C．Luckily, this often comes to an end fairly soon.‎ D．A new feeling of pleasure may be experienced.‎ E．Communicating with others is a good way to start.‎ F．This happens when a return to the homeland is made.‎ G．In this stage, there may be feelings of sadness and helplessness.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是说明文，是社会文化类的话题。文章简要介绍了文化冲击的五个阶段。‎ ‎1．答案与解析：A　根据前一句可知，新来者对于他们周围的新事物感到很喜欢、很满意，因此人们把这个阶段称为“蜜月期”。‎ ‎2．答案与解析：G　空格前提到在这个阶段，人们在生活中可能会经历一些困难，由此可以推知，人们可能会有伤心和无助的感觉。‎ ‎3．答案与解析：D　通读本段可知，本段讲到在这一阶段，人们开始从第二阶段的迷茫和无助中走出来，去适应异国的文化。这时，人们可能会有一种新的愉悦感。‎ ‎4．答案与解析：B　根据空格前的a much stronger feeling of belonging可知，这里说人们为了追求在异国的归属感而开始建立生活目标，努力奋斗。‎ ‎5．答案与解析：F　本段主要讲的是回到自己的祖国时受到的文化冲击，故答案选F。‎ Section Ⅱ　Other parts of the Module 分类记单词 核心单词 ‎　‎ ‎1.landscape n. 风景；景色；风景画；山水画 ‎2．portrait n. 画像；肖像；人像 ‎3．destroy vt. 破坏，毁坏 拓展单词 ‎1.exhibition n．展览→exhibit v．展出 ‎2．expression n．表现；表达→express v．表达；表示 ‎3．realise vt.领悟；了解；实现；实行→realistic adj.现实主义的；写实主义的 阅读单词 ‎　‎ watercolour n. 水彩画 联想背短语 ‎1．be_good_at 擅长 ‎2．put_off 推迟，延期 ‎3．at_the_end_of 在……末尾 ‎4．take_turns 轮流 ‎5．make_of 领会，理解，懂得 ‎6．tend_to 趋向于，倾向于 ‎7．at_the_age_of 在……岁时 ‎8．a_series_of 一系列的 精彩写句式 ‎1.because引导表语从句 Perhaps it's because I really like paintings of animals.‎ 或许是因为我真的喜欢动物画。‎ ‎2．as... as...和……一样……‎ I'm not half as_good_as you.‎ 我还没有你的一半好。‎ ‎3．What do you make of...？你认为……怎么样？‎ What do you make of (it)?‎ 你认为(它)怎么样？‎ ‎4．who引导非限制性定语从句 People generally agree that Pablo Picasso, who_lived_from_1881_to_1973,_is the twentiethcentury's greatest western artist.‎ 人们通常认同，生活在1881年到1973年的巴勃罗·毕加索是20世纪西方最伟大的画家。‎ ‎5．what引导宾语从句 In this painting, Picasso showed his feelings about what_had_happened_to_the_town.‎ 在这幅画里，毕加索对这座城镇所发生的一切流露出了自己的真挚情感。‎ 重点单词突破 ‎1.expression n．表现；表达；表情 单句语法填空 ‎(1)I decided to go to the meeting as an expression (express) of support.‎ ‎(2)He can express himself in good clear English now after four years' hard learning. ‎ ‎2．realise vt.领悟；了解；实现；实行 单句语法填空 ‎(1)If you work hard with a strong will, your dream will certainly be_realized (realize)．‎ ‎(2)In my opinion, people need to learn to accept the reality (realize) and keep on trying.‎ 一句多译 他当演员的梦想终于实现了。‎ ‎(1)He_finally_realised his dream of becoming an actor.‎ ‎(2)His dream of becoming an actor was_finally_realised.‎ ‎(3)His dream of becoming an actor finally_came_true.‎ ‎3．destroy vt.破坏；毁坏 单句写作 没有人在爆炸中受伤，但大楼却遭到了彻底毁坏。‎ No one was injured in the explosion, but the building was completely destroyed.‎ 单句语法填空 ‎(1)Sam managed to keep in constant contact with his family while he was working in New Zealand.‎ ‎(2)She has a pleasant manner, and is well received by all who stay in contact with her.‎ 短语句式突破 ‎1.put off推迟，延期 用put短语填空 ‎(1)Don't be so discouraged. If you put_away such feelings, you will do better next time.‎ ‎(2)I don't know how you put_up_with their constant quarrelling.‎ ‎(3)We are trying to put_aside a few hundred dollars every month for our vacation.‎ ‎(4)Don't put_off till tomorrow what can be done today.‎ ‎2．take turns轮流 单句语法填空 ‎(1)(朗文辞典)We took turns to_do/doing (do) the driving on the way up to Canada.‎ ‎(2)I think it's my turn to_drive (drive) the kids to school this week.‎ ‎(3)In winter people burn a lot of coal to warm themselves, and this in turn causes pollution and global warming.‎ ‎(4)The two daughters looked after their sick mother by turns.‎ ‎3．句型公式： What do you make of...？意为“你觉得……怎么样？”‎ ‎(教材原句)What do you make of (it)?‎ 你认为(它)怎么样？‎ 一句多译 你觉得新学校怎么样？‎ ‎(1)What_do_you_make_of_the_new_school？(make)‎ ‎(2)What's_your_opinion_of_the_new_school？(opinion)‎ ‎(3)What_do_you_think_of_the_new_school？(think)‎ ‎(4)How_do_you_like_the_new_school？(like)‎ ‎(5)How_do_you_find_the_new_school？(find)‎ Ⅰ.单词拼写/单句语法填空 ‎1．At the top of the hill you can look down on the peaceful and beautiful landscape (风景)．‎ ‎2．I, together with my parents, will go to see the air exhibition (展览) to be held in Zhuhai in 2020.‎ ‎3．So long as we students work hard, our aim of going to college will surely be realised (实现)．‎ ‎4．“I don't understand，” he said, with an expression of complete surprise.‎ ‎5．Most buildings in my hometown were destroyed by the sudden earthquake last year.‎ ‎6．We bought a lovely watercolour by a famous artist yesterday.‎ ‎7．Our income has got smaller, so we must be realistic (realise) and give up our car.‎ ‎8．I'm looking forward to seeing (see) all of my family as soon as possible.‎ ‎9．We took turns to_drive/driving (drive) the car so that we could each have a rest.‎ ‎10．It's so complex that I can't tell by what he said.‎ Ⅱ.单句改错 ‎1．The two doctors took turn to look after the wounded boy and were deeply moved by his brave behavior.turn→turns ‎2．We will put on the picnic in the park until next week, when the weather may be better.on→off ‎3．Tom has always dreamed of coming to China, and now his dream has realized.第二个has后加been ‎4．How do you make of this latest idea？How→What ‎5．Please tell me that happened to her when I was away.that→what Ⅲ.完形填空 It was my mother's funeral (葬礼). My mother was kind. She was always there when I needed her.‎ When she got seriously ill, my elder sister just had a new __1__ and my younger brother was newly married. Only I could __2__ mother.‎ When she was gone, I found myself completely __3__. “What can I do now, Lord？” I thought. Then I __4__ my brother and my sister. My brother sat together with his wife. My sister held her baby in her arms with her husband's arms around her.‎ I sat __5__， unbearably sad. But nobody __6__ that. Suddenly I heard the door open. In a moment I saw a young man. He sat next to me and then said, “I'm __7__， Mary. But why do they call you Margaret？” I said, “Because her name is Margaret.” I __8__ why he called my mother Mary.‎ ‎“Her name is Mary，” he __9__.“No, that isn't right，” I replied. Then a __10__ thought hit him and he asked，“Is this Lutheran Church？”‎ ‎“No, it is across the street.”‎ The situation made me begin to __11__. My brother and sister looked at me __12__. I looked at the man sitting next to me. He started laughing, too.‎ I __13__ my mother watching us and laughing together.‎ After the __14__ finished, we went together to the parking lot. He smiled and then said, “Since I have __15__ my aunt's funeral, maybe we could drink a cup of coffee.” I __16__.‎ A year later, we __17__ at a small country church. This time we both __18__ the right place. God gave me laughter and love in my time of __19__. Now we have been married for twentytwo years. When somebody asks how we met, my husband says. “Her mother and my aunt __20__ me to her.”‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是记叙文，题材为人物故事类。一个陌生人由于参加错了葬礼，出现在作者母亲的葬礼上，作者因此与这个陌生人结缘，并最终结了婚。‎ ‎1．A.life B．baby C．family D．idea 答案与解析：B　根据第三段中的“My sister held her baby in her arms...”可知，作者的姐姐刚有了孩子。‎ ‎2．A.look after B．think of C．worry about D．rely on 答案与解析：A　姐姐刚生了孩子，弟弟刚结婚，只有作者能照顾母亲。‎ ‎3．A.quiet B．nervous ‎ C．tired D．lost 答案与解析：D　根据“‘What can I do now, Lord？’ I thought.”可知，作者很迷惘。‎ ‎4．A.ran into B．searched for C．looked at D．smiled at 答案与解析：C　根据该空后的两句可知，作者看了看姐姐和弟弟。‎ ‎5．A.behind B．outside C．alone D．well 答案与解析：C　姐姐和弟弟身边都有人陪着，只有作者是一个人。‎ ‎6．A.noticed B．believed C．minded D．liked 答案与解析：A　根据But可知，没有人注意到作者的孤独和伤心。‎ ‎7．A.shocked B．alive C．fine D．late 答案与解析：D　大家都在葬礼上，突然一个人出现了，由此可知，这个人来晚了。‎ ‎8．A.showed B．wondered C．explained D．knew 答案与解析：B　母亲明明叫Margaret，可这个人一进来却叫的是Mary，作者想知道这个人为什么叫母亲Mary。‎ ‎9．A.insisted B．ordered C．read D．suggested 答案与解析：A　这个人还坚持说：“她叫Mary。”‎ ‎10．A.terrible B．sudden C．strange D．silly 答案与解析：B　根据“Is this Lutheran Church？”可知，这个人突然想到了什么。‎ ‎11．A.laugh B．cry C．wait D．complain 答案与解析：A　根据“He started laughing, too.”可知，作者突然开始笑。‎ ‎12．A.carefully B．closely C．gently D．angrily 答案与解析：D　在自己母亲的葬礼上作者突然开始笑，所以她的姐姐和弟弟都生气地看着她。‎ ‎13．A.caught B．kept ‎ C．had D．imagined 答案与解析：D　母亲已经去世了，所以作者是在想象母亲在看着他们并和他们一起笑。‎ ‎14．A.situation B．work C．funeral D．conversation 答案与解析：C　葬礼结束后，作者和这个陌生人一起到了停车场。‎ ‎15．A.attended B．missed C．seen D．left 答案与解析：B　这个陌生人由于走错了教堂而错过了自己姑姑的葬礼。‎ ‎16．A.agreed B．doubted C．remembered D．understood 答案与解析：A　从下文他们最终结了婚可知，作者答应了这个陌生人的提议。‎ ‎17．A.married B．met C．performed D．played 答案与解析：A　根据“Now we have been married for twentytwo years.”可知，作者和这个陌生人在一个乡村小教堂结了婚。‎ ‎18．A.found out B．decided on C．arrived at D．rushed in 答案与解析：C　与上文这个陌生人去错了教堂构成对比，这次他们都来对了地方。 ‎ ‎19．A.change B．silence C．sadness D．illness 答案与解析：C　他们是在葬礼上结识对方的，也就是在作者伤心的时候。‎ ‎20．A.pushed B．introduced C．sent D．led 答案与解析：B　根据“When somebody asks how we met...”可知，作者的母亲和这个陌生人的姑姑把他介绍给了她。‎ Ⅲ.阅读理解 ‎　　 Any_introduction_to_Peking_Opera_would_not_be_complete_without_telling_of_Mei_Lanfang. Traditionally only men performed in Peking Opera, including the female roles. And Mei Lanfang was the very best master of the Miss. During his stage life, he combined the traditions of the past with his own creations, shaping a style of his own and giving birth to “The Mei Lanfang School”. He was also the first artist to introduce Peking Opera to an overseas audience, winning international fame across the globe. For half a century, Mei Lanfang was a household name in China.‎ Mei Lanfang began his stage life at the age of 8. His teacher said he showed little hope because of his boring eyes. To improve this, he exercised them day after day. He would fly kites and look at them moving slowly in a blue sky. He also kept pigeons in order to look at them flying higher and higher until they disappeared into the clouds. Thanks to his efforts, he managed to change his dull eyes into a pair of bright and expressive eyes and win national fame before the age of 20.‎ In over 50 years on the stage, Mei Lanfang played no less than 100 different characters in the traditional Peking Opera performance. He completely changed both stage makeup and costumes, and enriched characters' gestures and expressions. He also wrote many new plays, designing the dances himself. The many dances he created form part of the great legacy that he left to Peking Opera.‎ In 1930, Mei Lanfang started on a successful US tour. There his brilliant performances fascinated the audience, making them realize that Peking Opera was a most valuable form of art.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了梅兰芳的生平以及他对京剧的发展和传播所做出的贡献。‎ ‎1．What does the first sentence mean?‎ A．Mei Lanfang plays an important role in Peking Opera.‎ B．Mei Lanfang made Peking Opera a complete art form.‎ C．Peking Opera was first introduced to the world by Mei Lanfang.‎ D．Peking Opera would not be wellknown without Mei Lanfang.‎ 答案与解析：A　‎ 句意理解题。根据第一段内容和画线句可知，梅兰芳对京剧的发展和传播做出了巨大贡献，因此提到京剧，就不得不提到梅兰芳。由此可推知，第一段中画线句表示梅兰芳对京剧的发展起着很重要的作用。故A项正确。‎ ‎2．How long did it take Mei Lanfang to exercise his eyes into bright and expressive ones?‎ A．About 8 years. B．About 10 years.‎ C．About 12 years. D．About 14 years.‎ 答案与解析：C　细节理解题。根据第二段前两句“Mei Lanfang began his stage life at the age of 8. His teacher said he showed little hope because of his boring eyes.”和第二段最后一句中的“he managed to change his dull eyes into a pair of bright and expressive eyes and win national fame before the age of 20”可知，梅兰芳用了大约12年的时间训练他的眼睛，最终使他的双眼变得有神、灵动。故C项正确。‎ ‎3．What is the meaning of the underlined word “legacy” in Paragraph 3?‎ A．Something of little importance.‎ B．Someone well known all over the world.‎ C．Someone considered to be an art treasure.‎ D．Something valuable passed down from generation to generation.‎ 答案与解析：D　词义猜测题。根据画线词所在句可知， legacy指的应是某物，故排除B、C两项；根据全文内容可知，此处指梅兰芳所创作的舞蹈具有很大的艺术价值。由此可推知，此处legacy应意为“某些宝贵的、传了一代又一代的东西”。故D项正确。‎ ‎4．What is the main idea of the passage?‎ A．The history of Peking Opera.‎ B．Mei Lanfang's early stage life.‎ C．The creations of Peking Opera by Mei Lanfang.‎ D．Mei Lanfang's great contributions to Peking Opera.‎ 答案与解析：D　主旨大意题。通读全文可知，本文主要讲述了梅兰芳的生平及其对京剧的发展和传播所做出的巨大贡献。D项能够概括文章主旨。故D项正确。‎ Ⅳ.短文改错 ‎[2019·黑龙江鹤岗一中高一月考]‎ Two years before, I travelled to Brazil and I rented for a car. Unfortunate, I had an accident and hit another car, and I needed to stay in hospital for at least two week. I called my parents, so I did not tell them what had happened. I knew that they would be worried about myself because I was so farther away, and that my mother would not sleep if she knew. Therefore, I told them interested stories and how I am enjoying Brazil. As a result, nobody knew truth. I still think it is the right thing to do.‎ 答案：‎ Two years ， I travelled to Brazil and I rented for a car. ， I had an accident and hit another car, and I needed to stay in hospital for at least two . I called my parents, I did not tell them what had happened. I knew that they would be worried about because I was so away, and that my mother would not sleep if she knew. Therefore, I told them stories and how I enjoying Brazil. As a result, nobody knew truth. I still think it is the right thing to do.‎ ‎Section Ⅲ　Grammar——动名词和不定式作宾语&动名词作主语 教材语法感知 ‎①Pop art (from the word “popular”) was an important modern art movement that aimed to show ordinary twentiethcentury city life.‎ ‎②I'm studying art at school, and I enjoy it a lot, although I can get tired of looking at pictures all the time.‎ ‎③My parents are fond of going to art galleries and often take me with them, so I've developed an interest in art.‎ ‎④Instead, a picture should attempt to show the “life” of its subject.‎ ‎⑤Painting is difficult for me.‎ ‎⑥Learning to paint well takes a long time.‎ 我的发现 ‎1．例②③中的介词后接动词ing形式作宾语。‎ ‎2．例①④中的动词后接不定式作宾语。‎ ‎3．例⑤⑥中的动词ing形式在句中作主语。‎ 典题语法感悟 Ⅰ.单句语法填空 ‎1．You may drink, smoke, be overweight and still reduce your risk of dying (die) early by running.‎ ‎2．I still remember visiting (visit) a friend who'd lived here for five years and I was_shocked (shock) when I learnt she hadn't cooked once in all that time.‎ ‎3．I didn't mean to_eat (eat) anything but the ice cream looked so good that I couldn't help trying it.‎ ‎4．Traveling (travel) along the old Silk Road is an interesting and rewarding experience.‎ ‎5．Fast food is full of fat and salt; by eating (eat) more fast food people will get more salt and fat than they need in their diet.‎ ‎6．This included digging up the road, laying (lay) the track and then building a strong roof over the top.‎ ‎7．But Sarah, who has taken part in shows along with top models, wants to_prove (prove) that she has brains as well as beauty.‎ ‎8．I had as much fun sailing the seas as I now do working (work) with students.‎ ‎9．In addition to their simple beauty, what makes the adobe dwellings admirable is their ability to “air condition” a house without using (use) electric equipment.‎ ‎10．Ignoring (ignore) the difference between the two research findings will be one of the worst mistakes you make.‎ ‎11．After receiving the Oscar for Best Supporting Actress, Anne Benedict went on to_thank (thank) all the people who had helped in her career.‎ ‎12．One morning, I was waiting at the bus stop, worried about being (be) late for school.‎ ‎13．I heard a passenger behind me shouting to the driver, but he refused to_stop (stop) until we reached the next stop.‎ ‎14．Still, the boy kept riding (ride)．‎ ‎15．When it comes to speaking (speak) in public, no one can match him.‎ ‎16．It's quite hot today. Do you feel like going (go) for a swim?‎ Ⅱ.单句改错(每小题仅有1处错误)‎ ‎1．Some of us were confident and eager take part in the class activity; others were nervous and anxious.take前加to ‎2．He would ask who we were and pretend not to knowing us.knowing→know ‎3．I enjoyed sit close to the windows and looking at the view.sit→sitting ‎4．We've been spending a lot of time sing in karaoke bars.sing→singing ‎5．He wanted teach me about animals, insects and trees.wanted后加to ‎1．动词ing形式和动词不定式作宾语 单句语法填空 ‎(1)He finished reading (read) the book yesterday.‎ ‎(2)I promise to_do (do) everything I can to help you.‎ ‎(3)As a Senior High school student, I'm used to getting (get) up early.‎ ‎(4)She works very hard and hopes to_go (go) to college.‎ ‎(5)We must keep practising (practise) speaking English.‎ ‎(6)My sister is fond of drawing (draw) while I'm interested in collecting (collect) stamps.‎ 完成句子 ‎(1)The new medicine makes_it_possible_to_treat (使治疗……成为可能) this terrible disease.‎ ‎(2)She is busy_working (忙于工作) and keeps putting_off_going_to (推迟去) the dentist.‎ ‎(3)I can tell you where_to_buy (哪里买到) this book.‎ ‎(4)He is tired of doing_the_same_work (做同样的工作) every day and decides to_change_his_job (换工作)．‎ ‎2．动词ing形式作宾语与动词不定式作宾语的用法区别 单句语法填空 ‎(1)Missing the train means waiting (wait) for another hour.‎ ‎(2)After finishing her homework, my sister went on to_do (do) some housework.‎ ‎(3)Try knocking (knock) at the back door and see whether he is in or not.‎ ‎(4)We've had a good start, but more work needs doing/to_be_done (do) to achieve the final success.‎ 对比填空 ‎(1)My grandfather always forgets to_take the keys but he always says that he remembers taking them.(take)‎ ‎(2)She likes dancing,_but she doesn't like to_dance with him. She'd like to_dance with her boyfriend.(dance)‎ ‎(3)In England Marx went on studying English. After mastering English he went on to_study Russian.(study)‎ ‎3．动词ing形式作主语 单句语法填空 ‎(1)Swimming is good for health, but to_swim in such a polluted river is harmful to health.(swim)‎ ‎(2)Reading (read) English aloud in the morning will do you a lot of good.‎ ‎(3)It's no use complaining (complain) without taking any action.‎ ‎(4)It's a waste of time trying (try) to persuade such a person.‎ 完成句子 ‎(1)Taking_more_exercise can help you keep healthy.‎ 多锻炼能够有助于你保持健康。‎ ‎(2)It_is_no_use_writing_to_him;_he never answers letters.‎ 给他写信是没用的，他从不回信。‎ Ⅰ.单句语法填空 ‎1．It's quite hot today. Do you feel like going (go) for a swim?‎ ‎2．I remembered to_lock (lock) the door before I left the office, but forgot to turn off the lights.‎ ‎3．It's no use asking (ask) me what I don't know.‎ ‎4．The banker was found in a remote village after leaving (leave) his office last Thursday.‎ ‎5．One learns a language by making mistakes and correcting (correct) them.‎ ‎6．If he takes on this work, he will have no choice but to_meet (meet) an even greater challenge.‎ ‎7．We've had a good start, but next, more work needs to_be_done (do) to achieve the final success.‎ ‎8．No matter how bright a talker you are, there are times when it's better to_remain (remain) silent.‎ ‎9．He risked losing (lose) his money when his company failed.‎ ‎10．There were many talented actors out there just waiting to_be_discovered (discover)．‎ ‎11．It's no good learning (learn) English without speaking (speak) English.‎ ‎12．I found it difficult for me to_express (express) myself in English.‎ ‎13．If you plan to_buy (buy) an apartment, please don't forget to_check (check) the surroundings.‎ ‎14．As a result of the serious flood, two thirds of the buildings in the area need repairing/to_be_repaired (repair)．‎ ‎15．Being_educated (educate) in a famous university is what most students wish for.‎ Ⅱ.单句改错 ‎1．It's necessary to be prepared for a job interview. Have the answers ready will be of great help.Have→Having ‎2．I'm sorry I can't help preparing the dinner — I have an important meeting.preparing→to_prepare ‎3．We agree help the old people do some housework on weekends.help前加to ‎4．The day we had been looking forward to coming at last.coming→came ‎5．I appreciate your helped me out of the trouble.helped→helping Ⅲ.语法填空 ‎　　 Guo Degang, a popular Chinese crosstalk (相声) performer, 1.________(sign) a letter of agreement in Canberra on March 29, 2018 with the National Museum of Australia (NMA) to become the museum's cultural ambassador (大使) in China.‎ ‎ At the signing ceremony 2.________ (hold) at the NMA, Guo said he was honored to take the role. Under the agreement, Guo will help develop the NMA's programs in China, the first of 3.________ will be a major exhibition of bark (树皮) paintings on tour in China starting from July this year.‎ ‎ The Old Masters exhibition of over 150 4.________ (artwork) and objects opened at the National Museum of China in Beijing in July 2018, ahead 5.________ a 20month tour. It will later open in cities including Shanghai, Chengdu and Shenzhen.‎ ‎ It will be the first time that bark paintings have been exhibited outside Australia. Guo, a leading character in China's 6.________ (tradition) crosstalk comedy and a famous name in China, 7.________ (enjoy) more than 68 million followers on social media site Sina Weibo. “Arts recognize no borders... I think art is 8.________ very good way to connect people together and improve exchanges 9.________ (great)，” Guo told Xinhua News Agency at the signing ceremony.‎ NMA Director Mathew Trinca said he was ready 10.________ (take) the Australian story to the world and was delighted to partner Guo to help Australian culture reach Chinese people.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　中国著名相声演员郭德纲出任澳大利亚国家博物馆中国文化大使，这将有助于中外文化的进一步交流，也会增进中澳人民的相互了解。‎ ‎1．答案与解析：signed　考查动词的时态。根据时间状语“on March 29,‎2018”‎可知，此处陈述过去发生的事情，应用一般过去时，故填signed。‎ ‎2．答案与解析：held　考查非谓语动词。分析句子结构可知，空处作后置定语，修饰名词ceremony，且ceremony与hold之间是逻辑上的动宾关系，应用过去分词，故填held。‎ ‎3．答案与解析：which　考查定语从句。分析句子结构可知，空处引导非限制性定语从句，且作of的宾语，指代先行词the NMA's programs，应用which。‎ ‎4．答案与解析：artworks　考查名词复数。根据空前的150可知，此处应用名词复数，且artwork意为“(尤指博物馆里的)艺术作品”时为可数名词，故填artworks。‎ ‎5．答案与解析：of　考查介词。ahead of意为“在……之前”，是固定搭配，故填of。‎ ‎6．答案与解析：traditional　考查词形转换。分析句子结构可知，空处修饰crosstalk comedy，应用形容词作定语，故填traditional。‎ ‎7．答案与解析：enjoys　考查时态和主谓一致。分析句子结构可知，句子的主语Guo是第三人称单数，故谓语动词用第三人称单数，且此处陈述现在的情况，应用一般现在时。故填enjoys。‎ ‎8．答案与解析：a　考查冠词。此处表示泛指， way是可数名词，且very的发音以辅音音素开头，故用不定冠词a。‎ ‎9．答案与解析：greatly　考查副词。分析句子结构可知，空处修饰动词improve，应用副词，故填greatly。‎ ‎10．答案与解析：to take　考查非谓语动词。be ready to do sth.意为“准备好做某事”，是固定用法，故填to take。‎ Ⅳ.短文改错 When I was little, Friday's night was our family game night. After supper, we would play card games of all sort in the sitting room. As the kid, I loved to watch cartoons, but no matter how many times I asked to watching them, my parents would not to let me. They would say to us that playing card games would help my brain. Still I unwilling to play the games for them sometimes. I didn't realize how right my parents are until I entered high school. The games my parents taught me where I was a child turned out to be very useful later in my life.‎ 答案：‎ When I was little, night was our family game night. After supper, we would play card games of all in the sitting room. As kid, I loved to watch cartoons, but no matter how many times I asked to them, my parents would not to let me. They would say to that playing card games would help my brain. Still I unwilling to play the games them sometimes. I didn't realize how right my parents until I entered high school. The games my parents taught me I was a child turned out to be very useful later in my life.‎ ‎①答案与解析：Friday's改为Friday　“星期五晚上”习惯上说Friday night。‎ ‎②答案与解析：sort改为sorts　根据前面的all“所有的”可知， sort应用复数形式，all sorts意为“各种各样”。‎ ‎③答案与解析：the改为a　此处表示“作为一个孩子”， kid表泛指，且kid的发音以辅音音素开头，故用不定冠词a。‎ ‎④答案与解析：watching改为watch　ask to do sth.表示“要求做某事”，为固定用法。‎ ‎⑤答案与解析：删除not后的to　would是情态动词，表意愿，后需跟动词原形，故to多余。‎ ‎⑥答案与解析：us改为me　此处表示“他们会对我(me)说”。‎ ‎⑦答案与解析：I后加was　此句缺谓语动词， be unwilling to do sth.是固定用法，表示“不愿做某事”。结合语境和时态可知，应用一般过去时，故在I后加was。‎ ‎⑧答案与解析：for改为with　表示“和某人玩……”习惯用play... with sb.，故将for改为with。‎ ‎⑨答案与解析：are改为were　描述过去发生的事应用一般过去时。‎ ‎⑩答案与解析：where改为when　此处表示“当我还是个孩子的时候”，故将where改为when (引导时间状语从句)。‎ ‎Section Ⅳ　Writing——如何描述艺术喜好 普通表达——常用词汇　普通句式　让学生写作思路“活”起来 写作任务 假设你是李华，你的朋友对著名主持人倪萍的画作很感兴趣。向你询问有关情况。请你按以下写作要点给回复。‎ ‎1．简要介绍倪萍身份和绘画风格；‎ ‎2．简单评价。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1．词数100左右；‎ ‎2．可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。‎ 写作指导 一、审题定调 描述艺术喜好时从逻辑上讲要做到论据充分，论证合理，确保内容直接为主题句服务：从语言上讲要简洁得当，多用书面语，以增强文章的可信度。‎ 一般以现在时和过去时相结合为主。人称一般以第一和第三人称为主。‎ 二、谋篇布局 根据所给提示，我们可以将正文分为两个部分。‎ ‎1．简要介绍画家兼主持人倪萍。‎ ‎2．简要说明其绘画风格。‎ 三、组织语言 第一部分：介绍画家兼主持人倪萍。‎ ‎1．倪萍被认为是中国最著名的女主持人之一，她同样以生动的绘画出名。‎ Ni_Ping,_considered_one_of_the_bestknown_hostesses_in_China,_is_also_famous_for_her_lively_paintings.‎ 第二部分：说明倪萍的绘画风格 ‎2．她采用中国传统的绘画风格。‎ She_adopts_the_traditional_Chinese_style_of_painting.‎ ‎3．我们能从她的绘画中看出她观察自然界很仔细。‎ We_can_tell_by_her_paintings_that_she_observe_the_world_of_nature_carefully.‎ ‎4．人们说她的画赚了很多钱。‎ It_is_said_that_her_paintings_has_made_a_lot_of_money.‎ ‎5．事实上大部分的钱都已经捐出。‎ In_reality,_most_of_the_money_has_been_given_away.‎ 四、连句成篇 ‎ Ni Ping, considered one of the bestknown hostesses in China, is also famous/known for her lively paintings. She adopts the traditional Chinese style of painting. We can tell by her painting that she observes the world of nature carefully.‎ ‎ She never tries to imitate works of famous painters such as Qi Baishi but attempts to express what she feels about nature. Everything in her paintings seems so alive and natural that many people are fond of appreciating them. It is said that some of her paintings have made much money, but in reality most of the money has been given away to the welfare.‎ 我的写作体会：　‎ ‎　‎ ‎　‎ 高级表达——精彩词汇　句式升级　让学生满分作文“易”起来 任务呈现 你的笔友Bob在2019年春节期间来中国旅游，看到好多地方都贴着“鲤鱼跳龙门”这幅年画，但他看不懂图画的内容，请你给他简单描述图画内容，并说明中国人喜爱这幅画的理由。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1．词数100左右；‎ ‎2．可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；‎ ‎3．参考词汇：鲤鱼carp (单复数同形)；龙门Dragon Gate；湍急的swift；毅力perseverance 写作步骤 一、统筹安排 体裁 说明文 时态 一般现在时 主题 艺术喜好 人称 第三人称 结构 第一部分： 引入主题 第二部分：介绍“鲤鱼跳龙门”这幅年画 第三部分：阐述中国人喜欢这幅画的原因 二、词语储备——对接模块词汇 ‎1．traditional 传统的 ‎2．alive 有活力的；有生气的 ‎3．be_fond_of/appreciate 喜欢 三、备用句型罗列——巧用模块句式、语法 完成句子 ‎1．这是一幅传统的中国民间画，被称为“鲤鱼跳龙门”。‎ This is a traditional Chinese folk picture and it is_known_as “Carp jumping over the Dragon Gate”．‎ ‎2．这幅画深受中国人的欢迎和喜爱。‎ This picture is_popular_and_deeply_loved by Chinese people.‎ ‎3．这就是中国人非常喜欢这幅画的原因。‎ This is the reason why_Chinese_people_appreciate_this_picture very much.‎ 句式升级 ‎4．用过去分词短语作定语和非限制性定语从句合并1和2句 This_is_a_traditional_Chinese_folk_picture,_known_as_“Carp_jumping_over_the_Dragon_Gate”，_which_is_popular_and_deeply_loved_by_Chinese_people.‎ ‎5．用表语从句改写3句 That's_why_Chinese_people_appreciate_it_very_much.‎ 四、扩充要点，连词成句 ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ 高级范文：‎ This is a traditional Chinese folk picture, known as “Carp jumping over the Dragon Gate”， which is popular and deeply loved by Chinese people.‎ You can see a red carp jumping over a gate. It looks wonderfully alive. As the legend goes, the carps in the Yellow River wanted to achieve their goals. They tried to jump over the swift river again and again and one finally succeeded and became a real “dragon”．‎ The picture means that you should work hard in order to make your dream come true and it is a symbol of courage, perseverance, and achievement as well as good luck. That's why Chinese people are fond of it very much.‎ 我的写作体会：　‎ ‎　‎ ‎　‎ 写作训练 一、假定你是李华，你的英国朋友Alice对中国艺术感兴趣，写信请你向她介绍中国传统艺术。请依据下列要点，给其写封回信。要点如下：‎ ‎1．介绍传统艺术——年画；‎ ‎2．欢迎Alice来中国体验中国年画的创作。‎ ‎ 注意：‎ ‎1．词数100左右；‎ ‎ 2.可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。‎ ‎ 参考词汇：年画Chinese New Year paintings Dear Alice，‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ Yours truly，‎ Li Hua 参考范文：‎ Dear Alice，‎ How is everything going? I'm so happy to know that you are interested in traditional Chinese arts from your letter. In my opinion, learning Chinese New Year paintings is the best choice. As is known to us all, Chinese people would like to put up pictures to celebrate the Spring Festival. Chinese New Year paintings cover various subjects, like historical stories, harvests, flowers and birds. As you are good at painting, I believe you can learn the art well quickly. By learning it, you can know more about Chinese culture, and improve your drawing skills.‎ I'm looking forward to seeing you soon in China.‎ Yours truly，‎ Li Hua 二、[2019·大连高一质检]假定你是李华，你的美国笔友Tom来信向你了解京剧的有关情况。请你用英语给他写一封回信，内容包括：‎ ‎1．京剧是中国的国剧；‎ ‎2．京剧有两百多年的历史；‎ ‎3．在国内外享有盛誉。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1．词数100左右；‎ ‎2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。‎ Dear Tom，‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ Yours，‎ Li Hua 参考范文：‎ Dear Tom，‎ I'm very happy to receive your letter. I'm writing to give you a brief introduction of Beijing Opera in response to your request.‎ First of all, Beijing Opera plays an important role in Chinese culture and it's widely accepted that Beijing Opera is considered as China's national opera. In addition, Beijing Opera, which dates back to the Qing Dynasty, has a history of more than 200 years. More importantly, it enjoys a high reputation both at home and abroad.‎ I strongly suggest that you come to China and enjoy Beijing Opera, which will help you have a better understanding of Chinese culture. I'm looking forward to your early reply.‎ Yours，‎ Li Hua Module 5　Newspapers and Magazines Module 5　Newspapers and Magazines Section Ⅰ　Introduction & Reading and vocabulary 分类记单词 核心单词 ‎1.headline n．　　　　(新闻报道等的)标题 ‎2．celebrity n．　 名人 ‎3．welcome vt.　 欢迎 拓展单词 ‎1.photograph n．照片→photographer n．‎ 摄影师 ‎2．economy n．经济→economic adj.经济的 ‎3．politics n．政治→political adj.政治的→politician n．政治家 ‎4．universe n．宇宙→universal adj.宇宙的；普遍的 ‎5．sailor n．船员；水手→sail v．航行 ‎6．congratulation n．祝贺→congratulate vt.祝贺；庆贺 ‎7．historical adj.历史性的→historic adj. 有历史意义的→history n．历史 ‎8．achievement n．成就；功业；伟绩→achieve vt.取得(成就)；达到 阅读单词 ‎　　　　‎ ‎1.cosmonaut n. 宇航员 ‎2．narigator n. 领航员；(飞机的)驾驶员 ‎3．taikonaunt n. 太空人；宇航员 ‎4．orbit n. 轨道 vt. 绕轨道飞行 ‎5．capsule n. 太空舱 ‎6．flight n. 飞行；班机 ‎7．aboard adv. 在船(飞机、火车、公共汽车)上 联想背短语 ‎　　　‎ ‎1．divide..._into...　　　　　 把……划分为……‎ ‎2．work_on　 从事；继续 ‎3．add..._to...　 把……加到……‎ ‎4．take_off　 起飞 ‎5．in_total　 总共；合计 ‎6．congratulate_sb._on_sth.　 就……向某人祝贺 ‎7．in_the_history_of　 在……的历史上 ‎8．in_space　 在太空 精彩写句式 ‎1. 现在分词短语作后置定语。‎ The Russian word kosmonavt comes from the Greek words kosmos, meaning universe and nautes. ‎ 俄语单词kosmonavt来源于希腊词kosmos和nautes，希腊词kosmos表示宇宙。‎ ‎2．不定式作后置定语 When Yang took off from Jiuquan in northwest China at 9 am yesterday, China became the third nation to_send (send) a man into space.‎ 昨天上午9点，杨利伟从中国西北部的酒泉起飞，中国成为世界上第三个把人送入太空的国家。‎ ‎3．whose引导非限制性定语从句 Lu，whose parents were born in China, spoke to Yang in Chinese during his flight.‎ 卢的父母在中国出生，他用中文与飞行中的杨利伟交流。‎ 重点单词突破 ‎1.congratulation n．祝贺 单句语法填空 ‎(1)—I got that job I wanted at the public library.‎ ‎—Congratulations (congratulate)! That's good news.‎ ‎(2)I sent him an email, congratulating (congratulate) him on his success.‎ 一句多译 祝贺你在中国桥汉语比赛中获得一等奖. ‎ ‎(1)I would like to express_my_congratulations_to_you_on your receiving the first prize of “Chinese Bridge” Chinese speech contest. ‎ ‎(2)I would like to congratulate_you_on your receiving the first prize of “Chinese Bridge” Chinese speech contest. ‎ ‎2. aboard adv.& prep.上船‎ Symbolh@@飞机、火车、公共汽车‎ Symboli@@；在船‎ Symbolh@@飞机、火车、公共汽车‎ Symboli@@上 选词填空　aboard, abroad, board, broad ‎(1)Many people would like to take holidays abroad.‎ ‎(2)The passengers will board the plane at ‎9 a．m.‎ ‎(3)As soon as the train arrived, all the waiting people went aboard.‎ ‎(4)There is a broad river in front of our village.‎ 单句改错 Please collect your things and get ready. It's time to go on aboard the train.去掉on或aboard→board ‎3．achievement n．[C]伟业；功绩；成就；[U]达到；实现；成功 单句语法填空 ‎(1)In the last few years, China has made great achievements (achieve) in environmental protection.‎ ‎(2)This project requires close teamwork. Nothing will_be_achieved (achieve) unless we work well together.‎ ‎(3)His laziness makes it impossible for him to_achieve (achieve) success.‎ 单句写作 即便是小小的成功也能给你一种成就感。‎ Even a small success can give you a_sense_of_achievement.‎ ‎4．welcome vt.& n．欢迎 adj.受欢迎的 完成句子 ‎(1)The winners were given a_warm_welcome when they arrived home.‎ 获胜者到家时受到了热烈的欢迎。‎ ‎(2)It's a pleasure to welcome_you_to my home.‎ 很高兴欢迎你光临舍下。‎ ‎(3)You are_welcome_to_stay_here whenever you like.‎ 欢迎你随时到这里来住。‎ 短语句式突破 ‎1. take off (飞机等)起飞；脱下(衣服)；休息，休假；开始成功 一词多义　写出下列句中take off的含义 ‎ (1)You have to take off your shoes before you go to the computer room.脱下 ‎(2)Many businesses started up by college students have taken off thanks to the comfortable climate for business creation.(事业)腾飞 ‎(3)When the delayed flight will take off depends much on the weather.(飞机)起飞 ‎(4)I'd like to take three days off next week.请假 ‎2．in total 总共；合计 单句语法填空 ‎(1)I totally (total) agree with what Susan says about the best present.‎ ‎(2)How much do you have to pay in total if four of you go together?‎ 一句多译 总计有三十个人参加这次会议。‎ ‎(1)There were a_total_of 30 people attending this conference.‎ ‎(2)There were 30 people attending this conference in_total.‎ ‎(3)There were 30 people attending this conference in_all.‎ ‎3．句型公式： the＋序数词＋(n.) to do sth.做某事的第几个人/物 ‎ (教材原句)When Yang took off from Jiuquan in northwest China at 9 am yesterday, China became the third nation to send a man into space.‎ 当杨利伟在昨天上午9点从中国西北酒泉起飞时，中国成为世界上第三个把人送入太空的国家。‎ 单句语法填空 ‎(1)The ability to_express (express) an idea is as important as the idea itself.‎ ‎(2)If I have any further news, you will be the first person to_know (know)．‎ ‎(3)—The last one to_arrive (arrive) pays the meal.‎ ‎—Agreed!‎ ‎(4)There was no signal in that faraway village and all my attempts to_contact (contact) you failed.‎ 单句写作 许多人都知道居里夫人是获得诺贝尔奖的第一位女士，同时也是第一个两次获此殊荣的人。‎ Most people know that Marie Curie is the_first_woman_to_win the Nobel Prize, and the first person to_win_it_twice.‎ ‎4．句型公式： whose引导非限制性定语从句 ‎ (教材原句) Lu, whose parents were born in China, spoke to Yang in Chinese during his flight.‎ 卢的父母在中国出生，他用中文与飞行中的杨利伟交流。‎ 单句语法填空 ‎(1)He lives in the room whose window faces to the south.‎ ‎(2)He lives in the room, the window of_which faces to the south.‎ ‎(3)This is Mr. John for whose son I brought a book yesterday.‎ 一句多译 那个人的车坏了，我们都跑过去帮忙。‎ ‎(1)We rushed over to help the man, whose_car had broken down.‎ ‎(2)We rushed over to help the man, the_car_of_whom had broken down.‎ ‎(3)We rushed over to help the man, of_whom_the_car had broken down.‎ Ⅰ.单词拼写/单句语法填空 ‎1．They ran the story under the headline “Home at last！”‎ ‎2．The country becomes a market economy (经济)．‎ ‎3．Tom is studying for a degree in politics (政治)．‎ ‎4．Could there be intelligent life elsewhere in the universe (宇宙)?‎ ‎5．The spaceship made a(n) orbit of the moon.‎ ‎6．We met on a(n) flight (航班) from London to Paris.‎ ‎7．The famous photographer (photograph) wanted to hear stories from other runners.‎ ‎8．The sailors (sail) have survived winds of up to 160 kilometers an hour.‎ ‎9．The professor is working on the research of a kind of new virus.‎ ‎10．This is a(n) historical (history) fact, unlike many of the events shown in the film itself.‎ ‎11．It gives you a sense of achievement (achieve) if you actually make it to the end of a very long book.‎ ‎12．My parents took a lot of photographs of us when we were small.‎ ‎13．I felt quite excited as the plane took off from Heathrow.‎ ‎14．There were probably about 40 people there in total.‎ ‎15．Who was the first American in space?‎ Ⅱ.单句改错 ‎1．Your brother has passed the 2018 National English Contest. Congratulation on his success！Congratulation→Congratulations ‎2．It's reported that a plane with five people with board crashed into the mountain several days ago.第二个with→on ‎3．He has been living here for the total of 30 years.the→a ‎4．This company is the third offer a job to that young man.在offer前加to ‎5．There are many different kinds of stars in the space.去掉the Ⅲ.阅读理解 A If there is one thing I'm sure about, it is that in a hundred years from now we will still be reading newspapers. It is not that newspapers are a necessity. Even now some people get most of their news from television or radio or the Internet. Many buy a paper only on Saturday or Sunday. But for most people reading a newspaper has become a habit passed down from generation to generation. ‎ The nature of what is news may change. What basically makes news is what affects our lives — the big political stories, the coverage of the wars, earthquakes and other disasters, will continue much the same. I think there will be more coverage of scientific research, though. It's already happening in areas that may directly affect our lives, like genetic (基因) engineering. In the future, I think there will be more coverage of scientific explanations of why we feel as we do — as we develop a better understanding of how the brain operates and what our feelings really are. ‎ It's quite possible that in the next century newspapers will be transmitted (传送) electronically from Fleet Street and printed out in our own home. In fact, I'm pretty sure how it will happen in the future. You will probably be able to choose from a menu, making up your own newspaper by picking out the things you want to read － sports and international news, etc. ‎ I think people have got it wrong when they talk about competition between the different media (媒体). They actually feed off each other. Some people once foresaw that television would kill off newspapers, but that hasn't happened. What is read on the printed page lasts longer than pictures on a screen or sound lost in the air. And as for the Internet, it's never really pleasant to read something just on a screen.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文提出报纸这一新闻媒体在近百年内不会消失的观点并分析了其原因。‎ ‎1．What is the best title for the passage?‎ A．The Best Way to Get News ‎ B．The Changes of Media ‎ C．Make Your Own Newspaper ‎ D．The Future of Newspaper 答案与解析：D　主旨大意题。由第一段首句可知：一百年后人们仍要读报，到后面文章讲到报纸跟人们生活的关系，报纸的形式和内容，可归纳出此题的答案为D。‎ ‎2．In the writer's opinion, in the future，________.‎ A．more big political affairs, wars and disasters will make news ‎ B．newspapers will not be printed in publishing houses any longer ‎ C．newspapers will cover more scientific research ‎ D．more and more people will watch TV 答案与解析：C　细节理解题。根据文章第二段“I think there will be more coverage of scientific research, though.”可推知此题答案为C。‎ ‎3．What will probably be on in the newspaper made by yourself?‎ A．Sports and international news. ‎ B．A menu of important news. ‎ C．The most important news. ‎ D．What you are interested in.‎ 答案与解析：D　推断判断题。根据文章第三段最后一句“You will probably be able to choose from a menu, making up your own newspaper by picking out the things you want to read...”可推知此题答案为D。‎ ‎4．The phrase “feed off” in the last paragraph means ________.‎ A．depend on B．match with ‎ C．fight with D．kill off 答案与解析：A　词义猜测题。作者上一句说人们错误地认为各种不同的媒体相互竞争，而下一句作者又说“They actually feed off each other.(注意句中 actually一词)”，再结合所给的四个选项，可知选A合适。‎ B ‎[2019·甘肃师大附中月考]‎ MySpace, the social networking website, is different from other websites which only provide stories about other people. MySpace is a place that allows you to broadcast your own stories and personal information to as many people as you like. Started two years ago, it is a big source of information for and about American kids.‎ Teenagers and their parents feel very different about it. Teens are rushing to join the site, not sharing their parents' worries. It signals yet another generation gap in the digital era.‎ For teenagers, it is reliable network to keep in touch with their friends. They will often list their surnames, birthdays, afterschool jobs, school clubs, hobbies and other personal information.‎ ‎“MySpace is an easy way to reach just about everyone. I don't have all the phone numbers of my acquaintances. But if I want to get in touch with one of them, I could just leave them a message on MySpace，” said Abby Van Wassen. She is a 16yearold student at Woodland Hills High of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.‎ Parents on the other hand are seriously concerned about the security problems of MySpace. “Every time we hold a parents meeting, the first question is always about MySpace，” said Kent Gates, who travels the country doing Internet safety seminars (研讨会). The National Centre for Missing and Exploited Children has received at least 288 MySpace related complaints, according to Mary Beth Buchanan, a lawyer in Pittsburgh.‎ ‎“Your profile on MySpace shows all your personal information to anyone on the Web. And MySpace even lists this information by birthplace and age. It's like a free checklist for troublemakers and it endangers children，” Buchanan said.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　这是一篇说明文。主要介绍了一种社会现象，很多孩子喜欢MySpace，而父母们则对此非常担忧，害怕信息泄露会成为孩子的安全隐患。‎ ‎5．From the passage, we can learn that MySpace ________.‎ A．brings about the generation gap B．is very careful about people's privacy C．encourages you to list your personal information D．lists the telephone numbers of your friends 答案与解析：D　细节理解题。根据第三段一整段的内容可知， MySpace 可以允许你把很多的信息放进去，包括朋友的名字、生日、学校生活等等，可以推断出它是鼓励你把更多的个人信息放进去，故选C。‎ ‎6．Why are some parents against MySpace?‎ A．Because they think MySpace has a bad influence on their children.‎ B．Because they don't want to pay so much money for MySpace.‎ C．Because it takes up too much of their children's spare time.‎ D．Because troublemakers can easily reach their children through the site.‎ 答案与解析：D　细节理解题。根据第五段的内容，父母们抱怨孩子把个人信息发布到网上存在安全问题，和最后一段的“MySpace even lists this information by birthplace and age. It's like a free checklist for troublemakers and it endangers children，” Buchanan said. 可知，父母反对孩子用MySpace是因为坏人通过这个网站很容易就能找到他们，故选D。‎ ‎7．What can we infer from “Every time we hold a parents meeting, the first question is always about MySpace”？‎ A．MySpace has become a top problem troubling parents.‎ B．MySpace often holds parents meetings.‎ C．MySpace is quite popular with parents.‎ D．Parents have lots of questions about the website.‎ 答案与解析：A　推理判断题。结合上下文和父母们说的这句话，可推断出父母最担心的问题是孩子总是把个人信息发布到网上，造成许多隐患，故选A。‎ ‎8．Which of the following can be the best title of the passage?‎ A．Internet Safety B．MySpace C．Generation Gap D．The Digital Era 答案与解析：B　‎ 主旨大意题。本文主要讲述了MySpace深受孩子的喜爱，父母们对此非常担心，主要话题是MySpace，故选B。‎ Ⅳ.七选五 ‎[2019·辽宁省实验中学高一期中]‎ It's not news that we spend more time than ever texting and online. 1.________ Yes, that's right: a study shows that more teens are reading good books. Reading is a good way to discover the next big thing and to learn a little more about yourself. Here are some tips.‎ ‎ 2.________‎ ‎ Reading on your own isn't like reading for school. You can pick something that's all about your interests, whether it's ancient martial arts, computers, or fashion design.‎ ‎ Find your “type”．‎ ‎ Do you prefer fiction or nonfiction? Books of fiction, like novels or shortstory collections, can transport you to another world or help you to imagine something beyond your own experience. Nonfiction books give you the “who”， “what”， “when” and “why” of something. 3.________‎ ‎ Join a book club.‎ ‎ Most social networking sites have bookclub parts. 4.________ But remember not to share personal information with the people you don't know.‎ ‎ Ask an expert.‎ ‎ Your local library can interest you in a lot of great books. Explain your interests — rock stars, sports teams, historical events, humors or any writers you like and your librarian can point you toward books that you'll love.‎ ‎ Find a quiet place and make time for the book.‎ ‎ 5.________ You can put on some good music, get yourself some tea and let yourself be carried away by the book. You'll see that time does fly when you are reading something you love!‎ ‎ A．Find a suitable family.‎ ‎ B．Start with your interests.‎ ‎ C．Join n a group with your friends or people you trust.‎ ‎ D．But do you know that we also spend more time reading?‎ ‎ E．Most reading is best enjoyed when you can concentrate on it.‎ ‎ F．They tell stories using facts, but that doesn't mean they are dull.‎ ‎ G．Try different books because you never know what you will find.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是一篇说明文。阅读是发现大突破和更多了解自己的一种很好的方式，本文就阅读给出了一些建议。‎ ‎1．答案与解析：D　根据上文可知，我们比以往花更多的时间发短信和上网不是新闻了。再根据下文中的“是的，那是正确的：一项研究显示更多的青少年在阅读好书”可知，D项“但是你知道我们也花更多的时间阅读吗”承上启下，符合语境。故选D项。‎ ‎2．答案与解析：B　根据下文内容可知，你可以选择一些你感兴趣的东西，不管是古老的武术、计算机还是时装设计。因此，B项“从兴趣开始”最能概括本段的大意。‎ ‎3．答案与解析：F　根据上文内容可知，非小说类书籍告诉你某个事件中的“谁”、“什么事”、“什么时间”以及“为什么”。F项“它们用事实讲故事，但这并不意味着它们枯燥无味”顺承上句，解释非小说类书籍。故选F项。‎ ‎4．答案与解析：C'本段的小标题是“加入一个读书俱乐部”。C项“和你的朋友或你信任的人一起加入一个小组”符合语境。故选C项。‎ ‎5．答案与解析：E'根据下文内容可知，阅读时，你可以放一些好听的音乐，给自己沏点茶，让自己沉浸在书中。当你读到你喜欢的内容时，你会发现时间的确飞逝。E项“当你专注于阅读时，大多数阅读是最好的享受”符合语境。故选E项。‎ Section Ⅱ　Other parts of the Module 分类记单词 核心单词 ‎1.replace vt.　　　　　代替；替代 ‎2．astronomer n. 天文学家 ‎3．autograph n．　 亲笔签名 ‎4．part n．　 角色 ‎5．produce vt.　 创作 ‎6．review n. 评论 ‎7．royal adj. 皇家的；皇室的 拓展单词 ‎1.amateur adj.业余的→professional adj.专业的 ‎2．delighted adj.高兴的；快乐的→delight n．高兴；快乐→delightful adj.令人愉快的；可爱的 ‎3．actor n．演员→actress n．女演员 ‎4．belief n．信念；信条→disbelief n．不信；怀疑；疑惑 ‎5．evidence n．证据→evident adj.明白的；明显的 ‎6．cultural adj.文化的→culture n．文化 ‎7．financial adj.金融的→finance n．财政；金融 ‎8．found vt.创立；建立→foundation n．基础；根据；建立→founder n．创立者；奠基人 阅读单词 ‎1.alien n. 外星人 ‎2．fan n. (电影等的)迷 ‎3．space ship n. 宇宙飞船 ‎4．telescope n. 望远镜 ‎5．backstage adv. 在后台 ‎6．politician n. 政治家 联想背短语 ‎　　　‎ ‎1．now_that　　　　　　　　　 既然 ‎2．believe_in　 相信 ‎3．come_on　 赶紧；加油 ‎4．concentrate_on　 集中于……‎ ‎5．be_similar_to　 和……相似 ‎6．get_out_of　 从……出来；摆脱；戒除 ‎7．be_delighted_to_do_sth.　 很高兴做某事 精彩写句式 ‎1.be doing...when...正在做……这时……‎ Amateur astronomer David Bates was looking at the moon through his telescope last night when he got a big surprise.‎ 昨天晚上业余天文学家大卫·贝茨用天文望远镜观看月球时，突然他获得了一个惊人的发现。‎ ‎2．This/It/That is/was the first/second/...time (that)．..这/那是第一/二/……次……‎ Is this the first time he has_seen (see) aliens landing on the moon?‎ 这是他第一次看见外星人登上月球吗？‎ ‎3．比较级形式表示最高级意义 Around four million people read it every day and it sells more_than_any_other daily newspaper.‎ 每天大约有400万人看它(《太阳报》)，它比其他任何日报卖得都要多。‎ 重点单词突破 ‎1.replace v．取代，代替，替换；放回原处 单句语法填空 ‎(1)Teachers will never be_replaced (replace) by computers in the classroom.‎ ‎(2)China has now replaced the United States as Africa's second largest trading partner behind the European Union.‎ 一句多译 找一个人来代替现在的经理是不容易的。‎ ‎(1)It would be difficult to find a man in_place_of_the_present_manager.‎ ‎(2)It would be difficult to find a man to_replace_the_present_manager.‎ ‎(3)It would be difficult to find a man to take_the_place_of_the_present_manager.‎ ‎2．delighted adj.高兴的；快乐的 单句语法填空/单句改错 ‎(1)I shall be delighted to_show (show) you around the place.‎ ‎(2)You may imagine how delightful he was at the good news.delightful→delighted 一句多译 我很高兴应邀前来贵校，跟大家讲述有关奥运会的历史及其意义。‎ ‎(1)I am_delighted to have been invited to your school to talk to you about the history and signficance of the Olympic Games.‎ ‎(2)Much_to_my_delight,_I have been invited to your school to talk to you about the history and significance of the Olympic Games.‎ ‎(3)What_delights_me is that I have been invited to your school to talk to you about the history and significance of the Olympic Games.‎ ‎(4)What_makes_me_delighted is that I have been invited to your school to talk to you about the history and significance of the Olympic Games.‎ ‎3．evidence n. 证据；根据；人证，物证，证词 完成句子 ‎(1)The forensic scientists who carried out the original tests will be called to give_evidence (作证)．‎ ‎(2)Poverty and bad housing conditions are still in_evidence (显眼；显而易见)．‎ ‎(3)It_is_evident_that (显然) in competitive society there are both losers and winners. ‎ 短语句式突破 ‎1. now that ‎ Symbolh@@＝since‎ Symboli@@既然；由于，引导原因状语从句，其中的that可以省略。‎ 单句写作 Now_that_you've_got_a_chance,_you might as well make full use of it.‎ 既然你已经得到机会，你最好要充分利用它。‎ ‎2．believe in 相信；信任；信赖 单句语法填空 ‎(1)You can believe_in him; he won't let you down.‎ ‎(2)WeChat is believed to_have_been (be) popular among young people. Its popularity is beyond belief (believe)．‎ ‎3．be similar to和……差不多；和……相似 单句语法填空 ‎(1)At our factory there are a few machines similar to those described in this magazine.‎ ‎(2)The two cars are very similar in size and design.‎ ‎(3)—Is there any similarity (similar) in character between the twins?‎ ‎4．句型公式： be doing...when...正在做……这时……‎ ‎ (教材原句)Amateur astronomer David Bates was looking at the moon through his telescope last night when he got a big surprise.‎ 昨晚天文爱好者戴维·贝茨在用望远镜观看月球，突然，他大吃一惊。‎ 单句语法填空 ‎(1)She opened her eyes with a start and was about to cry out when she heard her father urgently telling her to keep quiet.‎ ‎(2)I was_driving (drive) down to London when I suddenly found that I was on the wrong road.‎ ‎(3)The woman teacher, together with her pupils, was crossing the street when a heavy truck drove towards them.‎ ‎(4)The professor had just finished his speech when students rushed out of the classroom.‎ ‎5．句型公式： This/It/That is/was the first/second/...time (that)．..这/那是第一/二/……次……‎ ‎ (教材原句) Is this the first time he's seen aliens landing on the moon?‎ 这是他第一次看见外星人登陆月球吗？‎ 单句语法填空 ‎(1)It is the third time that I have_walked (walk) with my parents.‎ ‎(2)It was the second time that I had_won ( win ) the race, which made us all surprised.‎ 高考小作文 这是我第一次成为志愿者，所以我现在正接受所有相关的培训。‎ This is the first time that I_have_been_a_volunteer,_so I am now receiving all the training involved.‎ ‎6．句型公式：比较级形式表示最高级意义 ‎ (教材原句)Around four million people read it every day and it sells more than any other daily newspaper. ‎ 每天大约有四百万人阅读《太阳报》，而且它的销量远高于其他日报。‎ 单句语法填空 ‎(1)Mr Stevenson is great to work for—I really couldn't ask for a better (good) boss.‎ ‎(2)It was not until then that I suddenly realized nobody was happier (happy) than I was.‎ ‎(3)—Must I turn off the gas after cooking?‎ ‎—Of course. You can never be too careful with that.‎ 一句多译 就我个人而言，身体健康最重要，因此，我们在新建的体育场参加各种各样的课外活动。‎ ‎(1)In my view, health is the_most_important_thing in our daily life. As a result, we often take part in varieties of after school activities in the newlybuilt stadium.‎ ‎(2)In my view, nothing_is_more_important_than health in our daily life. As a result, we often take part in varieties of after school activities in the newlybuilt stadium.‎ Ⅰ.单词拼写/单句语法填空 ‎1．Machines cannot replace (取代) people in this work.‎ ‎2．He was a(n) amateur (业余的) singer until the age of 40.‎ ‎3．An astronomer is a scientist who studies the stars, planets, and other natural objects in space.‎ ‎4．He's a big fan of Elvis Presley and he has collected lots of his records.‎ ‎5．At present we have no evidence (证据) of life on other planets.‎ ‎6．I'm pleased to tell you that you'll get an opportunity to visit the royal (皇家的) palace.‎ ‎7．I'll attend Eton College, which was founded by Henry VI in 1440.‎ ‎8．He hopes to find the money to produce a film about Japan.‎ ‎9．The play got excellent reviews (评论) when it was first seen.‎ ‎10．Katharine's playing the part of Mary in the school play.‎ ‎11．I was delighted (delight) that you could stay.‎ ‎12．His uncle is the highestpaid actor (act) in Hollywood.‎ ‎13．Public reaction to the news has been one of shock and disbelief (belief)．‎ ‎14．During the summer New York offers a variety of special cultural (culture) events.‎ ‎15．Tokyo and New York are major financial (finance) centers.‎ Ⅱ.单句改错 ‎1．He had just finished his homework while his mother asked him to play the piano.while→when ‎2．The British Museum, founding in 1753, attracts many visitors every year.founding→founded ‎3．It was the first time that he has been late for class.has→had ‎4．This dress is similar in colour and style with the dresses most people wear.with→to ‎5．Since that you have made mistakes, you should be punished.Since→Now Ⅲ.阅读理解 ‎[2019·云南省玉溪一中高一期末]‎ Whether in the home or the workplace, social robots are going to become more common in the next few years. Social robots are about to bring technology to the everyday world in a more humanized way, said Cynthia Breazeal, chief scientist at the robot company Jibo.‎ While household robots today do the normal housework, social robots will be much more like partners than tools. For example, these robots will be able to tell when someone is happy or sad. This allows them to respond more properly to the user.‎ The Jibo robot, arranged to ship later this year, is designed to be a personalized assistant. You can talk to the robot, ask it questions, and make requests for it to perform different tasks. The robot doesn't just give general answers to questions; it responds based on what it learns about each person in the household. It can do things such as reminding an elderly family member to take medicine or taking family photos.‎ Social robots are not just finding their way into the home. They have potential (潜在的) applications in everything from education to health care and are already finding their way into some of these areas.‎ Fellow Robots is one company bringing social robots to the market. The company's “Oshbot” robot is built to assist customers in a store, which can help the customers find items and help guide them to the product's location in the store. It can also speak different languages and make recommendations for different items based on what the customer is shopping for.‎ The more interaction the robot has with humans, the more it learns. But Oshbot, like other social robots, is not aimed to replace workers, but to work together with other employees. “We have technologies to train social robots to do things not for us, but with us，” said Breazeal.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是一篇科技说明文，介绍了社交机器人的特点，与其他机器人相比，它更像是伙伴而不是工具，甚至可以和人类一起工作。‎ ‎1．How are social robots different from household robots?‎ A．They can control their feelings.‎ B．They are more like humans.‎ C．They do the normal housework.‎ D．They respond to users more slowly.‎ 答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据第二段中的“While household robots today do the normal housework, social robots will be much more like partners than tools.”可知，虽然家用机器人可以做普通的家务，但社交机器人更像是伙伴而不是工具，由此可知，社交机器人更像人类，故B项正确。‎ ‎2．What can a Jibo robot do according to Paragraph 3?‎ A．Communicate with you and put on performances.‎ B．Answer your questions and make requests.‎ C．Take your family pictures and deliver milk.‎ D．Obey your orders and remind you to take pills.‎ 答案与解析：D　细节理解题。根据第三段中的“make requests for it to perform different tasks.”可知，你可以让它执行不同的任务，再根据“It can do things such as reminding an elderly family member to take medicine or taking family photos.”可知，它可以提醒家里的老人吃药，故D项正确。‎ ‎3．We can learn from the last paragraph that social robots will ________.‎ A．be our workmates B．train employees C．improve technologies D．take the place of workers 答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据最后一段中的“We have technologies to train social robots to do things not for us, but with us”可知，我们有技术训练社交机器人不是为我们做事情而是和我们一起工作，成为我们的同事，故A项正确。‎ ‎4．The underlined word “recommendations” in Paragraph 5 can be replaced by ________.‎ A．suggestions B．commands C．expressions D．bargains 答案与解析：A　词义猜测题。根据画线词后的“for different items based on what the customer is shopping for.”可知，它可以使用几种不同的语言，并根据客户购买的商品为不同的商品提供建议，由此可知画线词词义为“建议”，故A项正确。‎ Ⅳ.完形填空 ‎[2019·合肥一中高一期中]‎ I was coming back home late at night in a “sharing” minivan (小客车). In Hyderabad, India, it is a cheap and quick form of __1__. The van driver picked up as many as 13 people in a vehicle which is __2__ to carry 8. So our van was very __3__.‎ ‎ Making her way to the __4__ of the van, a girl with a bag __5__ to the driver to stop. While getting down, she slipped and fell. None of us __6__ it, as it was dark outside. The driver was __7__ for her to pay. It was then that we saw that the girl was on her __8__ by the roadside. Another passenger and I got off __9__ and helped her up.‎ ‎ Even in __10__， she held up a note and asked us to pay the driver. The other __11__ passenger passed the note to the driver. My __12__ was a few hundred meters away. As a girl, I knew I'd get off and stay with her in the __13__. So I paid the driver for myself and he __14__ away with the other passengers.‎ ‎ I neither __15__ her nor did I know what to do. But I was there, giving some __16__ words to the girl. I asked her to stand __17__ for a little while. I then found a place for her to sit in. Then I __18__ her friend and waited there. She was rushed to a nearby clinic later. Before leaving, she thanked me for __19__ and we hugged goodbye.‎ ‎ The night breezes were blowing gently upon my cheek as I walked home, with a feeling of __20__.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　深夜里，作者陪伴一位下车时摔倒受伤的女孩，在帮助女孩的同时，作者也获得了心灵的轻松。‎ ‎1．A.life B．transport ‎ C．activity D．communication 答案与解析：B　此处指乘坐小客车是一种既便宜又快捷的交通方式，故选B项。transport“运输”，符合语境。activity“活动”； communication“沟通”。‎ ‎2．A.designed B．bought ‎ C．organized D．powered 答案与解析：A　此处指司机用设计装8个人的小客车装13个人。design“设计”，符合语境。buy“买”； organize“组织”； power“给……提供动力”。‎ ‎3．A.heavy B．noisy ‎ C．crowded D．pleasant 答案与解析：C　根据上文可知，本来装8个人的车装13个人，所以车内很拥挤，故选C。crowded“拥挤的”，符合语境。heavy“重的”； noisy“吵闹的”； pleasant“舒适的”。‎ ‎4．A.driver B．window ‎ C．door D．seat 答案与解析：C　因为女孩要下车所以她往车门走，故选C。‎ ‎5．A.explained B．reported ‎ C．admitted D．signed 答案与解析：D　此处指背着包的女孩示意司机停车，故选D。sign“示意”，符合语境。explain“解释”； report“报道”； admit“承认”。‎ ‎6．A.noticed B．believed ‎ C．recognized D．stood 答案与解析：A　此处指女孩下车时滑倒了，由于外面很黑我们谁都没注意到，故选A。notice“注意”，符合语境。believe“相信”； recognize“认出”； stand“忍受”。‎ ‎7．A.caring B．reaching ‎ C．waiting D．looking 答案与解析：C　司机正在等着女孩付车费，故选C。‎ ‎8．A.back B．knees ‎ C．feet D．head 答案与解析：B　这时我们看见女孩摔倒在路边，跪在地上，故选B。on one's knees“跪着”，符合语境。‎ ‎9．A.immediately B．clearly ‎ C．naturally D．luckily 答案与解析：A　此处指看到女孩摔倒，“我”和另一名乘客立刻下车去扶她起来。故选A。immediately“立刻”，符合语境。clearly“清楚地”； naturally“表现自然地”； luckily“幸运地”。‎ ‎10．A.silence B．surprise ‎ C．doubt D．pain 答案与解析：D　虽然很疼，但女孩拿着钱让我们帮忙给司机，故选D。silence“沉默”； surprise“惊讶”； doubt“怀疑”。‎ ‎11．A.patient B．helpful ‎ C．amazed D．worried 答案与解析：B　此处指另一个乐于助人的乘客把车票钱递给了司机，故选B。helpful“乐于助人的”，符合语境。patient“耐心的”； amazed“惊讶的”； worried“担心的”。‎ ‎12．A.office B．stop ‎ C．car D．school 答案与解析：B　“我”下车的车站还有几百米远，故选B。‎ ‎13．A.dark B．rain ‎ C．wind D．van 答案与解析：A　作为女孩，“我”知道“我”此时应该下车在黑夜中陪着她。in the ‎ dark“在黑暗中”。‎ ‎14．A.walked B．broke ‎ C．drove D．got 答案与解析：C　“我”付了“我”的车费，而且司机拉着其他乘客走了，故选C。‎ ‎15．A.ignored B．persuaded ‎ C．promised D．knew 答案与解析：D　“我”既不认识她也不知道该干什么。根据语境可知应选D。ignore“忽视”； persuade“劝服”； promise“许诺”。‎ ‎16．A.interesting B．warning ‎ C．comforting D．satisfying 答案与解析：C　但“我”在那里，安慰着那个女孩。comforting“令人感到安慰的”，符合语境。interesting“有趣的”； warning“表示警告的”； satisfying“令人满意的”。‎ ‎17．A.up B．straight ‎ C．still D．out 答案与解析：C　“我”让女孩站着不动，然后给她找了个地方让她坐下。still“不动的”，符合语境。‎ ‎18．A.found B．phoned ‎ C．brought D．saw 答案与解析：B　此处指然后“我”给她朋友打了电话并陪她等着，故选B。‎ ‎19．A.company B．support ‎ C．bravery D．honesty 答案与解析：A　在走之前，她感谢“我”的陪伴，我们拥抱告别。company“陪伴”，符合语境，故选A。support“支持”； bravery“勇气”； honesty“诚实”。‎ ‎20．A.anger B．regret ‎ C．pride D．relief 答案与解析：D　“我”回家时晚风温柔地吹过“我”的面颊，“我”有一种宽慰感。relief“宽慰，宽心”，符合语境，故选D。anger“愤怒”； regret“后悔”； pride“骄傲”。‎ Section Ⅲ　Grammar——时间状语从句和原因状语从句 教材语法感知 ‎①When he was orbiting in the capsule, he took photographs of planet earth.‎ ‎②When Yang landed, Premier Wen Jiabao telephoned the Control Centre to offer his congratulations.‎ ‎③When Yang took off from Jiuquan in northwest China at 9 am yesterday, China became the third nation to send a man into space.‎ ‎④While he was travelling in space, Yang spoke to two astronauts aboard the International Space Station, which is orbiting the earth, American astronaut Edward Lu and Russian cosmonaut Yuri Malenchenko.‎ ‎⑤“As you have asked me so nicely，” said Sharon, “I'd be delighted to sign your arm.”‎ ‎⑥Since no one else saw the aliens, not many people believe Mr. Bates.‎ ‎⑦Now that I have made this first visit, I hope I can come many more times.‎ 我的发现 ‎1．例①②③④⑤中的连词引导时间状语从句；例⑥⑦中的连词引导原因状语从句。‎ ‎2．when引导时间状语从句时，从句中的谓语动词和主句谓语动词所表示的动作同时发生，如例①；也可以在其之前发生，如例②。‎ ‎3．while引导的时间状语从句中的谓语动词必须是和主句谓语动作同时发生，如例④。‎ ‎4．since, now that引导原因状语从句时常置于主句之前，如例⑥⑦。‎ 典题语法感悟 Ⅰ.单句语法填空 ‎1．If you don't understand something, you may research, study, and talk to other people until you figure it out.‎ ‎2．I really enjoy listening to music because it helps me relax and takes my mind away from other cares of the day.‎ ‎3．I am not afraid of tomorrow, for I have seen yesterday and I love today.‎ ‎4．There is only one more day to go before your favourite music group play live.‎ ‎5．We need to get to the root of the problem before we can solve it.‎ ‎6．I have heard a lot of good things about you since I came back from abroad.‎ ‎7．Mark needs to learn Chinese since his company is opening a branch in Beijing.‎ ‎8．—Coach, can I continue with the training?‎ ‎—Sorry, you can't, as you haven't recovered from the knee injury.‎ Ⅱ.单句改错(每小题仅有1处错误)‎ ‎1．The games my parents taught me where I was a child turned out to be very useful later in my life.where→when ‎2．Before waiting for about half an hour, I was beginning to get impatient.Before→After ‎3．I have been missing you very much after I went to college a year ago.after→since ‎4．In the end, we drove to a service station and waited there unless the road was clear.unless→until/till 重点单词突破 ‎1.时间状语从句 单句语法填空 ‎(1)It will not be long before he realizes his dream.‎ ‎(2)It is five years since I last met him.‎ ‎(3)After the children had gone to bed, she began to prepare her lessons.‎ ‎(4)We won't start our discussion until/till he comes.‎ ‎(5)When I got home, my parents had fallen asleep.‎ ‎(6)While we were talking, the teacher came in.‎ ‎(7)As time goes by, we have a better understanding of things around us.‎ 完成句子 ‎(1)It is three years since_he_came_to_our_school.‎ 他来我们学校已经三年了。‎ ‎(2)It_won't_be_long_before we have the midterm examination.‎ 过不了多久我们就要期中考试了。‎ ‎(3)Mum didn't_go_to_bed_until I came back last night.‎ 昨晚直到我回来妈妈才上床睡觉。‎ ‎(4)Every/Each_time_I_was_in_trouble (每次我遇到麻烦), he would come to my help.‎ ‎(5)Whenever_you_come (无论你什么时候来), you are welcome.‎ 一句多译 比赛刚开始，大雨就下了起来。‎ ‎(1)It_began_to_rain_heavily_as_soon_as_the_game_started. (as soon as)‎ ‎(2)It_began_to_rain_heavily_the_moment_the_game_started. (the moment)‎ ‎(3)It_began_to_rain_heavily_immediately_the_game_started. (immediately)‎ ‎(4)Hardly_had_the_game_started/The_game_had_hardly_started_when_it_began_to_rain_heavily. (hardly... when...)‎ ‎(5)No_sooner_had_the_game_started/The_game_had_no_sooner_started_than_it_began_to_rain_heavily. (no sooner... than...)‎ ‎2．原因状语从句 单句语法填空 ‎(1)Because he was ill, he was absent from the meeting.‎ ‎(2)Now that you are here, you'd better stay.‎ ‎(3)As I have not read the book, I cannot tell you anything about it.‎ ‎(4)He must be ill, for he is absent today.‎ 完成句子 ‎(1)I was late for school because_I_missed_the_first_bus (因为我错过了第一辆公共汽车)．‎ ‎(2)Since/Now_that_you_are_well_again (既然你恢复了健康), you can travel.‎ ‎(3)It must have rained last night, for_the_ground_is_wet (因为地面是湿的)．‎ ‎(4)As_he_wasn't_ready (因为他没准备好), we left without him.‎ Ⅰ.单句语法填空 ‎1．Immediately (immediate) you start eating in a healthier way, weight control will become much easier.‎ ‎2．Tom had to turn down the invitation to the party last weekend because he was too busy.‎ ‎3．Since you like the car so much, why not drive it back? ‎ ‎4．I had hardly come home when it began to rain.‎ ‎5．No sooner had he got to the station than the bus left.‎ ‎6．I have heard a lot of good things about you since I came back from abroad.‎ ‎7．He didn't hear the knock at the door because he was listening to the radio.‎ ‎8．She must have gone out early, for she had not shown up at breakfast.‎ ‎9．Before I could say hello, the foreign guest turned around and went away.‎ ‎10．I went on with my work until I finished washing all the clothes.‎ Ⅱ.单句改错 ‎1．The young couple, who returned my lost wallet, left after I could ask for their names.after→_before ‎2．It will not be long since you become an excellent reporter.since→before ‎3．He had no sooner finished his speech when the students started cheering.when→than ‎4．It was for she caught a bad cold that she didn't go to school. for→because ‎5．I had hardly got to the office after my wife phoned me to go back home at once.after→when Ⅲ.语法填空 ‎ The Taj Mahal (泰姬陵) is considered to be one of the most beautiful buildings in the world and the 1.________ (fine) example of the late style of Indian architecture (建筑设计). It is in Agra in northern India. It lies beside the Yamuna River in the middle of gardens with quiet 2.________(pool)．‎ ‎ The Taj Mahal was built by the Mughal emperor Shah Jahan, who ruled India in the seventeenth century. It is in memory of his beloved wife, Arjumand Banu Begum, 3.________ (know) as Mumtaz Mahal, who died in 1631. The main building, 4.________ was completed between 1632 and 1643, was designed by Ustad Ahmad Lahori. The whole building, with gardens and gateway structures, 5.________ (be) completed in 1648. The Taj Mahal stands at one end of the garden tomb with marble (大理石) paths. The room is 6.________ (soft) lighted by the light that passes through double screens of carved marble set high in the walls. The building now is kept 7.________ good condition.‎ ‎ The Taj Mahal took about 22 years 8.________ (build). Shah Jahan 9.________ (plan) a similar building in black to lie on the other side of the river. But before 10.________ could be built, Shah Jahan was imprisoned (监禁) by his son and buried next to his wife in the Taj Mahal.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文介绍了泰姬陵的由来。‎ ‎1．答案与解析：finest　考查形容词的最高级。分析句子结构并根据and前的“most beautiful”可知，此处应用形容词的最高级。‎ ‎2．答案与解析：pools　考查名词复数。pool作“池塘”讲时为可数名词，且其前无限定词，应用名词复数，故填pools。‎ ‎3．答案与解析：known　考查非谓语动词。分析句子结构可知，空处在句中作定语，且know与其前的名词是逻辑上的动宾关系，故此处应用过去分词作定语。‎ ‎4．答案与解析：which　考查关系代词。分析句子结构可知，空处引导非限制性定语从句，且空处指代先行词The main building在从句中作主语，故填which。‎ ‎5．答案与解析：was　考查动词的时态和主谓一致。根据时间状语“in ‎1648”‎可知，此处应用一般过去时，且句子的主语是“The whole building”，所以这里填was。‎ ‎6．答案与解析：softly　考查副词。分析句子结构可知，空处修饰动词，所以要用副词形式。‎ ‎7．答案与解析：in　考查介词。in good condition意为“处在良好状态中”，为固定短语。‎ ‎8．答案与解析：to build　考查非谓语动词。分析句子结构可知，此处是固定句型sth. takes/took some time to do，故空处应填to build。‎ ‎9．答案与解析：planned　考查动词的时态。根据语境可知，此处表示动作发生在过去，应用一般过去时。‎ ‎10．答案与解析：it　考查代词。根据语境可知，此处指代“a similar building”，故用it。‎ Ⅳ.短文改错 ‎ In the past ten years, many great changes have been taken place. Many people have moved from old house to newlybuilt tall buildings. In the past, to the west of the village lie a sandy field, when there was a large amount of rubbish. As the result, the river was serious polluted. Now the field has been covered with all kinds of fruit trees. Better still, the river is getting very clean that the villagers often spend their spare time boating and fish. In summer, many people will even swim in them. In a word, my village has become a wonderful one to live.‎ 答案：‎ ‎ In the past ten years, many great changes have been taken place. Many people have moved from old to newlybuilt tall buildings. In the past, to the west of the village a sandy field, there was a large amount of rubbish. As result, the river was polluted. Now the field has been covered with all kinds of fruit trees. Better still, the river is getting clean that the villagers often spend their spare time boating and . In summer, many people will even swim in . In a word, my village has become a wonderful one to live .‎ ‎①答案与解析：删除been　take place意为“发生，举行”，是不及物动词短语，没有被动语态。故删除been。‎ ‎②答案与解析：house改为houses　house为可数名词，其前没有限定词，此处指的不是一所房子，所以应用复数形式。‎ ‎③答案与解析：lie改为lay　分析句子结构可知， lie是谓语动词，且是发生在过去的动作，所以应用一般过去时。故将lie改为lay。‎ ‎④答案与解析：when改为where　分析句子结构可知，此处是非限制性定语从句，先行词a sandy field表示地点，所以定语从句应用关系副词where引导。‎ ‎⑤答案与解析：the改为a　as a result为固定搭配，意为“结果”。‎ ‎⑥答案与解析：serious改为seriously　此处修饰动词，应用副词，故将serious改为seriously。‎ ‎⑦答案与解析：very改为so　“so＋形容词＋that...”为固定句型，意为“如此……以至于……”，故将very改为so。‎ ‎⑧答案与解析：fish改为fishing　spend time (in) doing sth.意为“花时间做某事”，是固定用法，所以应用动词ing形式。‎ ‎⑨答案与解析：them改为it　此处指代前面的the river，所以应用单数。故将them改为it。‎ ‎⑩答案与解析：live后加in　当动词不定式作定语时，与所修饰的名词是动宾关系，动词若是不及物动词，应加上相应的介词。故在live后加in。‎ Section Ⅳ　Writing——如何写新闻报道 普通表达——常用词汇　普通句式　让学生写作思路“活”起来 写作任务 星光中学(Xingguang High School)近期举行了一次登山活动。假定你是学校英文报记者，请写一篇短文，报道此次活动。内容包括：‎ ‎1．时间与地点：‎4月10日，大青山(Daqing Mountain)；‎ ‎2．活动的过程；‎ ‎3．你对这次活动的评论。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1．词数120左右；‎ ‎2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ 写作指导 一、审题定调 该习作要求写一篇新闻报道。新闻报道是记叙文的一种，其特点是以事实为依据，对人的经历或事件给予明确的、实事求是的报道。新闻报道和新闻评论有时候是结合在一起的，所以在讲述事实之后，可以发表作者的评论。‎ 新闻报道的语言偏正式，要求具体、准确、精炼。人称可以用第三人称或第一人称。在时态方面，叙述事件用过去时，评论常用一般现在时。‎ 二、谋篇布局 新闻报道往往分四个部分来写。‎ 第一部分：标题。‎ 第二部分：导语。大体交代新闻事件，主要包含新闻事件的时间、地点、人物、事件及缘由等。‎ 第三部分：主体。描述事件过程。‎ 第四部分：结语。总结全文或发表评论。‎ 三、组织语言 高考中新闻报道的标题通常已给出或省略，因此同学们大多只需写出其他部分即可。‎ 第二部分：导语。大体交代新闻事件，主要包含新闻事件的时间、地点、人物、事件及缘由等。‎ ‎1．To_help_us_students_keep_fit (为帮助我们学生保持健康), our school organized a(n)．.. on...‎ ‎2．Hundreds_of_us_took_part (我们数百人参加了) in it.‎ 第三部分：主体。描述事件过程。‎ ‎3．At ‎8 a．m., we_arrived_at_the_foot_of_Daqing_Mountain (我们到达大青山脚下) and began the journey with_great_excitement (带着兴奋的心情)．‎ ‎4．沿途的风景很美。‎ The_scenery_along_the_way_was_wonderful.‎ ‎5．All_the_way (一路上) we were chatting, singing and laughing, enjoying the fresh air and the beautiful scenery.‎ ‎6．我们在阳光下欢呼雀跃。‎ We_jumped_and_shouted_with_joy_in_the_sunshine.‎ 第四部分：结语。总结全文或发表评论。‎ ‎7．This activity was really good for us and we_all_learned_a_lot_from_it (我们都从中学到很多)．‎ ‎8．During the activity we_enjoyed_nature_to_the_fullest (我们尽情享受大自然)．‎ ‎9．另外，我们也能够培养我们的友谊。‎ Besides,_we_were_able_to_develop_our_friendship_as_well.‎ 四、连句成篇 To help us students keep fit, our school organized a mountainclimbing activity on April 10. Hundreds of us took part in it.‎ It was a nice day. At ‎8 a．m., we arrived at the foot of Daqing Mountain and began the journey with great excitement. All the way we were chatting, singing and laughing, enjoying the fresh air and the beautiful scenery. When someone fell behind, others would come and offer help. At around ‎11 a．m., we reached the top. We jumped and shouted with joy in the sunshine.‎ This activity was really good for us and we all learned a lot from it. During the activity we enjoyed nature to the fullest. Besides, we were able to develop our friendship as well.‎ 我的写作体会：　‎ ‎　‎ ‎　‎ 高级表达——精彩词汇　句式升级　让学生满分作文“易”起来 任务呈现 假设你是校英语报的小记者，请你根据以下提示，写一篇100词左右的英语短文，报道上周你校举行的志愿者活动。‎ 时间 活动 上周六 参观希望小学 ‎1．开联谊会 ‎2．帮忙打扫卫生 ‎3．听校长讲一些贫困生的故事 上周日 在学校操场举行募捐活动 写作步骤 一、统筹安排 体裁 新闻报道 时态 一般过去时 主题 参观希望小学 人称 第一、三人称 结构 首段：导语，扼要地揭示新闻的核心内容 中段：主体，用充足的事例来表现事实 尾段：结语，表示感受 二、词语储备——对接模块词汇 ‎1．clean_up 打扫 ‎2．hardworking_students　 刻苦学习的学生 ‎3．raise_money_for...　 为……筹钱 ‎4．give_sb._a_hand/help_sb.　 帮助某人 ‎5．as_a_result 　 结果 三、备用句型罗列——巧用模块句式、语法 完成句子 ‎1．校长告诉我们一些刻苦学习的学生的故事。‎ The head teacher told us some_stories_about_some_hardworking_students. ‎ ‎2．那些学生家境贫困。‎ Those students are from_very_poor_families.‎ ‎3．做一名志愿者并且给予他人帮助是很了不起的。‎ Being_a_volunteer_and_giving_others_a_hand are really great.‎ ‎4．这是我的信念。‎ This is my_belief.‎ 句式升级 ‎5．用定语从句合并1和2句 The_head_teacher_told_us_some_stories_about_some_hardworking_students_who_are_from_very_poor_families. ‎ ‎6．用it作形式主语合并3和4句 It_is_my_belief_that_being_a_volunteer_and_giving_others_a_hand_are_really_great.‎ 四、扩充要点，连词成句 ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ 参考范文：‎ Last Saturday we visited a hope school in order to know more about some other children's life.‎ After arriving there, we had a party with the students there. We also helped them clean up their classrooms. The head teacher told us some stories about some hardworking students who are from very poor families. And in order to raise money for them, we held a big sale in our school playground the next day. The activity was so successful and about 5, 000 yuan was raised.‎ It is my belief that being a volunteer and giving others a hand are really great. As a result, I would like to help more people in future.‎ 我的写作体会：　‎ ‎　‎ ‎　‎ 写作训练 一、假定你是学校英语周刊的通讯员。请根据以下要点为你所在城市举办的歌唱比赛(Singing Contest)写一篇报道：‎ ‎1．时间：‎10月26日—30日；‎ ‎2．参加选手主要为本市市民和外籍友人；‎ ‎3．活动目的：为地震灾区儿童募捐；‎ ‎4．活动形式：选手演唱参赛曲目，并以自己的方式去街头筹集善款，最后由评委和观众(audience)对其综合素质评分，选出最佳选手。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1．词数100左右；‎ ‎2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ 参考范文： ‎ Singing Contest ‎ From October 26 to 30, a singing contest was held in our city. People who took part in this contest were mainly the locals and some foreigners from the U．K., the U．S. and Australia.‎ ‎ The main purpose of this activity was to raise money for children in the earthquakehit area. Contestants sang their prepared songs and collected as much money as possible in any way in the street. Finally, judges and the audience marked each one according to their performances. The singer who got the highest scores was selected as the best singer. This contest was not only a simple way to pick out the most excellent singer but also a meaningful activity for our society.‎ 二、1月1日，高一(3)班的学生志愿者李月和张华去阳光敬老院(Sunshine Nursing Home)开展志愿者活动(送水果、打扫卫生、聊天等)。假如你是校英语报的记者，请按下列要点用英语写一则100词左右的新闻报道。内容包括：‎ ‎1．时间、地点、人物、活动；‎ ‎2．老人们的反应；‎ ‎3．简短评论。‎ 注意：报道的标题和记者姓名已给出。‎ Student Volunteers Brought Sunshine to the Elderly ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ By Chen Jie, School Newspaper 参考范文： ‎ Student Volunteers Brought Sunshine to the Elderly On New Year's Day，Li Yue and Zhang Hua，students from Class Three，Grade One，went to Sunshine Nursing Home and did some voluntary work.Upon their arrival，Li Yue and Zhang Hua were warmly welcomed，and respectfully，they presented the elderly with flowers and fruits.Then，they started working at once，cleaning the windows and sweeping the floor.After everything had been done，they sat in the yard chatting with the elderly people.When it was time for the volunteers to leave，the elderly people thanked them for their kindness.They said it was such a beautiful day that they would remember it forever.‎ Li Yue and Zhang Hua were very happy.What they did has brought joy to others and enriched their own lives.‎ By Chen Jie, School Newspaper Module 6　Films and TV Programmes Module 6　Films and TV Programmes Section Ⅰ　Introduction & Reading and vocabulary 分类记单词 核心单词 ‎1.poster n．　　　　海报 ‎2．character n．　 角色；人物 ‎3．masterpiece n．　 杰作 ‎4．rooftop n．　 屋顶 拓展单词 ‎1.comedy n．喜剧→comic adj. 喜剧的 ‎2．actress n．女演员→actor n. 男演员→act v. 扮演，行动 ‎3．female adj.女的；女性的→male adj.男的；男性的 ‎4．graceful adj.优美的；优雅的→gracefully adv.优雅地→grace n．优美；优雅 ‎5．interest vt.使感兴趣→interesting adj. 有趣的→interested adj. 感兴趣的 ‎6．brave adj.勇敢的→bravely adv.勇敢地→bravery n．勇敢 ‎7．moving adj.感人的→moved adj.感动的 阅读单词 ‎1.thriller n. 充满刺激的电影 ‎2．sword n. 剑 ‎3．fiancé n. 未婚夫 ‎4．leap vi. 跳跃；飞跃 联想背短语 ‎　　　‎ ‎1．come_out　 出版；出现 ‎2．fall_in_love_with　 爱上；喜欢(表动作)‎ ‎3．be_in_love_with 爱上；喜欢(表状态)‎ ‎4．play_a_part 扮演角色 ‎5．take_place 发生 ‎6．to_one's_surprise 令某人吃惊的是 ‎7．in_surprise 吃惊地 ‎8．care_about 关心；顾虑；在乎 ‎9．belong_to 属于 ‎10．every_now_and_then 有时；偶尔 精彩写句式 ‎1.while用作并列连词 As in the old wuxia stories, characters leap through the air every now and then, with beautiful, graceful movements, while audiences shout in surprise.‎ 正如在古代武侠故事中一样，影片中的人物们不时在空中跳跃并做出许多优美的动作，观众看到这些时都发出了惊叫。‎ ‎2．形容词短语作状语 Brave,_good_and_strong,_Xiulian is the character we care about most.‎ 我们最关注秀莲这个角色，她勇敢、善良、坚强。‎ 重点单词突破 ‎1.character n．角色；人物；性格；特色；文字 一词多义　写出下列句子中character的汉语意思 ‎(1)Though they are twins, they are quite different in character.性格 ‎(2)Mr Smith doesn't know Chinese characters.文字 ‎(3)He knows many cartoon characters.角色；人物 ‎2．interest vt.使感兴趣；n.兴趣；利息(率)；[pl.]利益 单句语法填空/单句改错 ‎(1)I show no interest in the characters in the film, because it is not interesting.‎ ‎(2)I'm interested (interest) in this game, but my brother tries to interest me in another one.‎ ‎(3)In their spare time, they are interesting in planting vegetables in their garden.interesting→interested 短语句式突破 ‎1.come out出现；出版；上映；(消息等)传出；(花)开放；结果是；泄露 一词多译　写出下列句中come out的含义 ‎(1)The gardener went into his garden to see if the flowers had come out.(花)开放 ‎(2)It was several weeks before the truth of the matter came out.显露；泄露 ‎(3)The news came out that Bob came out first in the contest.(消息)传出 ‎(4)The sun came out from behind the clouds late in the afternoon.(太阳等)出来；出现 ‎2．fall in love with爱上；喜欢 单句写作 ‎(1)He fell_in_love_with her when he saw her for the first time.‎ 他第一次见她就爱上了她。‎ ‎(2)He is beginning to fall_in_love_with the Chinese literature.‎ 他开始喜欢中国文学了。‎ ‎3．to one's surprise令人吃惊的是 单句改错 ‎(1)Though surprising to see us, the professor gave us a warm welcome.surprising→surprised ‎(2)He said that our coming gave him surprise.在surprise前加a 一句多译 令我非常吃惊的是，2019年他儿子考上了北京大学。‎ ‎(1)Much_to_my_surprise,_his son was admitted to Peking University in 2019.‎ ‎(2)To_my_great_surprise,_his son was admitted to Peking University in 2019.‎ ‎4．care about关心；顾虑；在乎 用care 相关短语填空 ‎(1)I don't care_about the price, so long as the car is in good condition.‎ ‎(2)She cared_for the lonely old man day and night and didn't care_about what others said.‎ ‎(3)You ought to take_care while you are crossing this street with so many vehicles and people.‎ ‎5．句型公式： while用作并列连词 ‎(教材原句)As in the old wuxia stories, characters leap through the air every now and then, with beautiful, graceful movements, while audiences shout in surprise.‎ 正如在古代武侠故事中一样，影片中的人物们不时在空中跳跃并做出许多优美的动作，观众看到这些时都发出了惊叫。‎ 一词多义　写出下列句子中while的词性及汉语意思 ‎(1)His wife wants their son to go abroad for a further degree, while he wants their son to go to work to make his living on his own.conj.然而 ‎(2)Once, while working overnight at a store, he let a homeless man sleep in his truck.conj.当……的时候 ‎(3)While I am willing to help you, I don't have much time available.conj.虽然 ‎(4)I'll be back in a while.n.一会儿 单句改错 My only mistake was that I dropped some on the floor after I was packing them up.aften→while/when ‎6．句型公式：形容词(短语)作状语 ‎(教材原句)Brave, good and strong, Xiulian is the character we care about most.‎ 我们最关注秀莲这个角色，她勇敢、善良、坚强。‎ 单句语法填空 ‎ ‎(1)After his journey from abroad，Richard Jones returned home, exhausted (exhaust). ‎ ‎(2)The boy lay on the sofa relaxed (relax). ‎ 句式升级 ‎ 普通表达　I was too nervous. I couldn't think of anything at the beginning of the exam. ‎ 高级表达　Too_nervous,_I couldn't think of anything at the beginning of the exam.‎ Ⅰ.单词拼写/单句语法填空 ‎1．I prefer Shakespeare's comedies (喜剧)．‎ ‎2．The movie's main character is played by Tom Hanks.‎ ‎3．She was regarded to be the best female (女性的) pianist.‎ ‎4．She got a bird'seye view of Fenway Park from the rooftop (屋顶) of the Boston public school.‎ ‎5．Mary Shelley was just 18 when she wrote the horror masterpiece Frankenstein.‎ ‎6．It was brave (勇敢的) of her to go into the burning building.‎ ‎7．Here's an article which might interest (使感兴趣) you.‎ ‎8．The police have put up wanted posters describing the man.‎ ‎9．The smaller animals can leap (跳跃) from tree to tree.‎ ‎10．The sword (剑) was thought to have been made about five hundred years ago.‎ ‎11．He is very popular among his students as he always tries to make them interested (interest) in his lectures.‎ ‎12．It is very moving (move) to see how much strangers can care for each other.‎ ‎13．He has played an important part in carrying through the whole plan.‎ ‎14．The museum is not really in character with the rest of the building.‎ ‎15．The one and only thing I care about is whether you take a rest.‎ Ⅱ.完形填空 ‎[2019·重庆十八中高一期中]‎ Everyone has a dream when very young, and I am one of them. When I was 13, my only __1__ was to become the star in our football team. That meant __2__ Miller King, who was the best __3__ at our school.‎ ‎ The football season started in September and all summer long I __4__ hard. I carried my football everywhere for __5__. Just before September, Miller was hit by a car and lost his right arm. I went to see him after he came back from __6__. He looked very sad, but he didn't cry.‎ ‎ That season, I __7__ all of Miller's records while he __8__ the home games from the bench. We went 10 — 1 and I was named the most __9__ player, but I often had terrible dreams in which I had caused Miller's __10__.‎ ‎ One afternoon, I was crossing the field to go home and saw Miller __11__ going over a fence — which wasn't __12__ to climb if you had both arms. I'm sure I was the __13__ person in the world he wanted to accept help from. But he finally accepted. I __14__ him to move slowly over the fence. When we were finally __15__ on the other side, he said to me, “You know, I didn't tell you this during the season, but you did well. Thank you for __16__ for me.”‎ ‎ His words freed me from my bad __17__. I thought to myself, even without an arm he was more of a leader. Damaged but not defeated (打败), he was __18__ ahead of me. I was right to have __19__ him. From that day on, I grew __20__ and a little more real.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了作者通过刻苦训练，最终实现了成为学校足球队的明星球员的目标的故事。‎ ‎1．A.honor B．aim ‎ C．power D．chance 答案与解析：B　根据第一句中的“Everyone has a dream when very young”可知，作者此处是说他的目标(aim)是要成为学校足球队的明星。honor“荣誉”； power“力量”； chance“机会”。‎ ‎2．A.calling B．beating ‎ C．promising D．asking 答案与解析：B　根据上文中的“to become the star in our football team”可知，那意味着击败Miller King。beat意为“击败”，符合语境。call“呼唤”； promise“允诺”； ask“询问”。‎ ‎3．A.coach B．student ‎ C．teacher D．player 答案与解析：D　根据上文中的“in our football team”可知，作者要击败的是足球队队员(player)。coach“教练”； student“学生”； teacher“教师”。‎ ‎4．A.trained B．suffered ‎ C．fought D．won 答案与解析：A　根据下文中的“I carried my football everywhere for”可知，作者训练(trained)很努力。suffer“遭受”； fight“打架”； win“赢”。‎ ‎5．A.practice B．show ‎ C．comfort D．pleasure 答案与解析：A　根据上文中的“all summer long I __4__ hard”可知，作者为了能成为学校足球队的明星，带着足球到处练习(practice)。show“演出，表现，节目”；comfort“安慰”；pleasure“乐趣”。‎ ‎6．A.school B．vacation ‎ C．hospital D．abroad 答案与解析：C　根据上文中的“Miller was hit by a car and lost his right arm”可知， Miller从医院(hospital)回来。school“学校”； vacation“假期”； abroad“异国”。‎ ‎7．A.held B．broke ‎ C．set D．tried 答案与解析：B　根据下文中的“all of Miller's records”和“We went 10 — 1 and I was named the most __9__ player”可知，此处是说作者打破了Miller所有的纪录。break a record意为“打破纪录”。hold“拿着，使保持”； set“放，使处于”； try“尝试”。‎ ‎8．A.reported B．judged ‎ C．organized D．watched 答案与解析：D　根据下文中的“the home games from the bench”可知，他坐在凳子上观看比赛。watch意为“观看”，符合语境。‎ ‎9．A.valuable B．special ‎ C．common D．hopeful 答案与解析：A　根据上文中的“We went 10 — 1”和下文内容可知，作者被评为最有价值的(valuable)球员。special“特殊的”； common“普通的”； hopeful“有希望的”。‎ ‎10．A.decision B．mistake ‎ C．accident D．recovery 答案与解析：C　根据上文中的“Miller was hit by a car”可知，此处是说作者总是做噩梦，梦里是他造成了Miller的事故(accident)。decision“决定”； mistake“错误”； recovery“康复”。‎ ‎11．A.trapped B．hurt ‎ C．killed D．lost 答案与解析：A　根据下文中的“I __14__ him to move slowly over the fence. When we were finally __15__ on the other side”可知，此处是说Miller在翻越篱笆的时候被卡住了。trap“卡住”； hurt“受伤”； kill“杀死”； lose“失去”。‎ ‎12．A.easy B．hard ‎ C．fun D．fit 答案与解析：B　根据下文中的“if you had both arms”可知，此处是说，如果你有双臂，翻越篱笆并不难(hard)。easy“容易的”； fun“有趣的”； fit“合适的，健康的”。‎ ‎13．A.first B．last ‎ C．only D．main 答案与解析：B　根据上文内容可知，作者抢了Miller的位置，所以认为Miller最不想得到他的帮助。‎ ‎14．A.hugged B．helped ‎ C．forced D．allowed 答案与解析：B　根据语境可知，作者帮助(helped)他越过了篱笆。hug“拥抱”； force“强迫”； allow“允许”。‎ ‎15．A.messy B．ready ‎ C．calm D．safe 答案与解析：D　最后我们安全地到达了另一边。safe意为“安全的”，符合语境。messy“混乱的”； ready“准备好的”； calm“镇静的”。‎ ‎16．A.turning up B．taking in ‎ C．filling in D．making out 答案与解析：C　根据上文内容可知， ‎ Miller受伤不能参加比赛，作者代替他参加了比赛，所以此处是Miller感谢作者填补(filling in)了他的空缺。turn up“出现，被发现”； take in“摄入，欺骗”； make out“理解，辨认出”。‎ ‎17．A.memories B．ideas ‎ C．attitudes D．dreams 答案与解析：D　根据上文中的“I often had terrible dreams”可知，他的话让作者摆脱了噩梦(dreams)。memory“记忆”； idea“想法，主意”； attitude“态度”。‎ ‎18．A.still B．also ‎ C．yet D．just 答案与解析：A　根据上文中的“Damaged but not defeated (打败)”可知，他受了伤但是没有被击败，仍然(still)在作者的前面。‎ ‎19．A.challenged B．treated ‎ C．invited D．admired 答案与解析：D　根据上文中的“Damaged but not defeated (打败)”可知，作者敬佩他是对的。admire意为“敬佩”，符合语境。challenge“挑战”； treat“对待”； invite“邀请”。‎ ‎20．A.healthier B．stronger ‎ C．cleverer D．cooler 答案与解析：B　根据上文作者听到Miller的话后释然了和下文中的“a little more real”可知，作者变得更强大(stronger)更真实了。healthy“健康的”； clever“聪明的”； cool“凉爽的”。‎ Ⅲ.阅读理解 ‎[2019·山东省实验中学高一月考]‎ Movies are a great means of entertainment for many. There are some advantages of watching movies. Comedies, for example, help reduce your blood pressure. Laughter for 15 minutes during a movie makes your blood vessels (血管) wider. Besides, when you watch a sad movie, you're more likely to come away from it thinking about loved ones and feeling happy about what you have.‎ ‎ Watching movies can make you creative. A study shows that young children, who watched the use of magic in Harry Potter, score meaningfully higher in a creative thinking test than children who watched something else.‎ ‎ Moreover, movies are very useful for improving people's health. They enable people to take time to really relax and for the moment forget about their daily worries and problems.‎ ‎ However, watching movies isn't always good. Studies have shown that some people get real pleasure out of being scared by horror movies, but in various ways they may be risking their physical and mental health without even knowing it. When you watch a tense scene in a movie, your heart rate and blood pressure increase. Meanwhile this change in your brain chemistry reminds you of times when you were in a similar state, even if you have no idea that you even had those memories. So if something horrible happens to you, being scared again by a movie can unintentionally make you experience it once more.‎ ‎ Scientists, politicians and parents have argued for long if being accessible to movie violence (暴力) leads to actual reallife violence. Overall the answer to that is probably still up_in_the_air,_but a new study seems to prove that watching aggression (攻击性行为) on screen can result in being a bully (恃强凌弱者) in real life, even if it is just in the short term.‎ ‎ In conclusion, certain movies play an active role, but not all movies do. It depends completely on the subject of the movie. So it's always advisable to choose the movies about something active.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是一篇议论文，论述了看电影对人的身心健康有好处，但是看恐怖电影对人的身心有害，因此作者建议观看电影时要作出明智的选择。‎ ‎1．Why is watching sad movies good for us according to the text?‎ ‎ A．It makes us satisfied with our lives.‎ ‎ B．It frees us from unhappy memories.‎ ‎ C．It reduces our risk of illness.‎ ‎ D．It develops our creativity.‎ 答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据第一段中的“Besides, when you watch a sad movie, you're more likely to come away from it thinking about loved ones and feeling happy about what you have”可知，看一部悲情电影，你更有可能从另一个角度去思考你所爱的人，并对你所拥有的一切感到高兴。‎ ‎2．What does the author want to prove by referring to Harry Potter?‎ ‎ A．Movies make you experience success and failure.‎ ‎ B．Movies can relax those who are under stress.‎ ‎ C．Movies get you to value the people you love.‎ ‎ D．Movies teach people to think creatively.‎ 答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据第二段中的“Watching movies can make you creative”可知，看电影可以让你有创造力，然后通过一项研究说明，观看《哈利·波特》电影中的魔法表演，孩子们在创造性思维测试中得分要比看其他电影的孩子高得多，以此来支持这个观点。‎ ‎3．What does the underlined part “up in the air” in Paragraph 5 mean?‎ A．Meaningless. B．Attractive. ‎ C．Uncertain. D．Clear.‎ 答案与解析：C　词义猜测题。根据第五段中的“Overall the answer to that is probably still up in the air, but a new study seems to prove that watching aggression (攻击性行为) on screen can result in being a bully (恃强凌弱者) in real life, even if it is just in the short term”可知，科学家、政治家和家长们已经争论了很长时间，接触电影暴力是否会导致现实生活中的暴力，但一项新的研究似乎证明，在现实生活中，即使只是在短期内观看屏幕上的攻击性行为，也会让人成为一个恃强凌弱的人。由此可知，对争论的答案可能是不确定的。‎ ‎4．What does the author advise us to do to reduce the bad effect of movies?‎ ‎ A．Enjoy movies with more friends.‎ ‎ B．Make a wise choice about what to watch.‎ ‎ C．Try our best to watch movies less often.‎ ‎ D．Improve our ability to tell right from wrong.‎ 答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据最后一段中的“It depends completely on the subject of the movie. So it's always advisable to choose the movies about something active”可知，减少电影的不好的影响完全取决于电影的主题，所以对于观看的电影要有明智的选择。‎ Ⅳ.语法填空 ‎[2019·江西景德镇一中学高一期末]‎ As of Tuesday, Chinese box office hit “Wolf Warrior ‎2”‎ has earned more than 3.4 billion yuan ($507 million)，__1__ (break) China's alltime box office record, which __2__ (set) last year by Hong Kong comedy “The Mermaid.”‎ The leading character is Leng Feng, played by Wu Jing, the film's writer and director. Leng is a __3__ (fear) former special forces soldier of the People's Liberation Army. During a military rebellion (反叛) in__4__ African country, Leng almost single－handedly helps Chinese workers and African locals escape the wartorn nation. But the fighting scenes alone don't explain the movie's __5__ (succeed) — it's also the patriotism (爱国主义) and spirit of the film projects __6__ have impressed Chinese audiences.‎ Tong Yemeng, a 32yearold office worker from Beijing, “I felt so proud of__7__ (I) country when I saw Wu Jing waving the national flag in the war zone，” she said. “It showed our __8__ (increase) national power.”‎ The movie's patriotic reaction can be attributed to its timing. “Wolf Warrior ‎2”‎ hit cinemas as India and China were involved __9__ a border dispute, as the central government is promoting its international Belt and Road Initiative (倡议), __10__ as the People's Liberation Army celebrated its 90th anniversary.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是一篇新闻报道。文章介绍了影片《战狼2》的有关事宜。截至周二，中国票房大片《战狼2》赢得了超过34亿元人民币(合5.07亿美元)‎ ‎，打破中国的历史票房纪录。‎ ‎1．答案与解析：breaking　考查现在分词作结果状语。句意：截至周二，中国票房大片《战狼2》赢得了超过34亿元人民币(合5.07亿美元)，打破中国的历史票房纪录，那是去年香港喜剧“美人鱼”创下的。此处是现在分词作伴随状语。故答案为breaking。‎ ‎2．答案与解析：was set　考查被动语态。句意：截至周二，中国票房大片《战狼2》赢得了超过34亿元人民币(合5.07亿美元)，打破中国的历史票房纪录，那是去年香港喜剧“美人鱼”创下的。此处是现在分词作伴随状语。此处先行词record和set之间是被动关系，再根据last year，所以这里用一般过去时态的被动语态，故答案为was set。‎ ‎3．答案与解析：fearless　考查形容词。句意： Leng是一名无畏的前中国人民解放军特种兵。此处是形容词修饰名词，故答案为fearless。‎ ‎4．答案与解析：an　考查不定冠词。句意：在一个非洲国家的军事叛乱中。此处African是元音音素开头，表示“一”时，用an。故答案为an。‎ ‎5．答案与解析：success　考查名词。句意：但仅凭打斗场面并不能解释这部电影的成功。形容词性物主代词修饰名词，结合句意可知答案为success。‎ ‎6．答案与解析：that　考查强调句式。句意：给中国观众留下深刻印象的也是影片的爱国主义和精神。此处是强调句式，故答案为that。‎ ‎7．答案与解析：my　考查形容词性物主代词修饰名词。句意：“当我看到吴京在战区挥舞国旗时，我为我的国家感到骄傲。” 形容词性物主代词修饰名词，故答案为my。‎ ‎8．答案与解析：increasing　考查形容词性物主代词修饰名词。句意：“这显示了我们国家实力的增强。” increasing “正在增长的”，故答案为increasing。‎ ‎9．答案与解析：in　考查固定搭配。句意：印度和中国卷入了边界争端。固定搭配： be involved in“涉及……”，故答案为in。‎ ‎10．答案与解析：and　考查并列连词。句意：在中央政府推进“一带一路”国际战略之际，在中国人民解放军庆祝建军90周年之际。结合句意可知此处是并列关系，故答案为and。‎ ‎Section Ⅱ　Other parts of the Module 分类记单词 核心单词 ‎1.channel n．　　　　　频道 ‎2．plot n．　 情节 ‎3．section n．　 部分；节 拓展单词 ‎1.occasionally adv.有时；偶尔→occasional adj.有时的；偶尔的→occasion n．场合；机会 ‎2．argue vi.争论→argument n．争论；辩论 ‎3．entertaining adj.有趣的；令人愉快的→entertain vt.使快乐→entertainment n．娱乐 ‎4．drama n．戏剧→dramatic adj.戏剧(性)的 ‎5．setting n．(小说、戏剧、电影的)背景→set vt.以……为背景 阅读单词 ‎1.ad n. 广告 ‎2．telly n. (非正式)电视 ‎3．shark n. 鲨鱼 联想背短语 ‎1．from_time_to_time 有时 ‎2．at_the_end_of 在……的尽头 ‎3．good_for_you 干得好 ‎4．at_the_age_of 在……岁时 ‎5．of_all_time 有史以来 ‎6．in_the_last_fifteen_years 在过去的15年里 精彩写句式 ‎1.疑问词＋不定式 Do you ever argue with your family about which TV programme to_watch (watch)?‎ 你曾为看哪个电视节目而和家人争吵吗？‎ ‎2．It is agreed that...人们普遍认为……‎ But it_is_generally_agreed,_that he, more than anyone else in the history of films, understands the meaning of the word “entertainment”．但是，人们普遍认为：他比电影史上其他任何一个人更懂得“娱乐”二字的含义。‎ 重点单词突破 ‎1.occasionally adv.偶尔；有时 单句语法填空 ‎(1)She went to college last summer, so we saw each other very occasionally (occasional)．‎ ‎(2)He was presented with the watch on the occasion of his retirement.‎ ‎2．entertaining adj.有趣的；令人愉快的 单句语法填空 ‎(1)Children's TV nowadays is much more entertaining (entertain). ‎ ‎(2)She entertained the children with stories, songs and dramas.‎ ‎(3)To my great entertainment (entertain), he told many entertaining stories that night.‎ ‎3．argue vi.争论 单句语法填空 ‎(1)The speaker argued against the plan.‎ ‎(2)I accepted the decision without argument (argue)．‎ 一句多译 我们想方设法劝说他接受我们的建议，但都是徒劳 ‎ (1)We tried many ways to_argue_him_into_following_our_advice，but in vain.(argue) ‎ ‎(2)We tried many ways to_persuade_him_to_follow_our_advice，but in vain.(persuade)‎ 短语句式突破 ‎1. every two days每两天 ‎ 单句语法填空/单句改错 ‎(1)We have English lessons every other/second day; that is on Monday, Wednesday and Friday.‎ ‎(2)Trees should be planted every few metres (metre)．‎ ‎(3)The Olympic Games take place each four years.each－every ‎2．good for you干得好 完成句子 ‎(1)He passed the College Entrance Exam. Good_for_him (真棒)!‎ ‎(2)Eating more fruit and vegetables is_good_for_one's_health(对人的健康有好处)．‎ ‎(3)My friends were_good_to_me (对我关怀备至)when I was ill.‎ ‎3．句型公式： It is agreed that...表示“大家一致同意……”， it为形式主语， that引导主语从句。‎ ‎(教材原句)But it is generally agreed, that he, more than anyone else in the history of films, understands the meaning of the word “entertainment”．‎ 但是，人们普遍认为：他比电影史上的其他任何一个人更懂得“娱乐”二字的含义。‎ 单句语法填空 ‎(1)The meeting which is reported to_be_held (hold) this month has been put off till the end of next month.‎ ‎(2)It is_required (require) in the school regulation that students shouldn't use cellphones in the campus.‎ ‎(3)It is generally agreed that golf was first played in Scotland in the 15th century.‎ 一句多译 据说她能妙手回春。‎ ‎(1)It_is_said_that she is as effective as God, bringing the dying back to life.‎ ‎(2)People_say_that she is as effective as God, bringing the dying back to life.‎ ‎(3)She is_said_to_be as effective as God, bringing the dying back to life.‎ Ⅰ.单词拼写/单句语法填空 ‎1．They were arguing over who should have the car that day.‎ ‎2．She turned to another channel to watch the football.‎ ‎3．She studied English and drama (戏剧) at college.‎ ‎4．The book is well organized in terms of plot (情节)．‎ ‎5．The setting of the story is a hotel in Paris during the war.‎ ‎6．We don't meet often. We only see each other occasionally (occasion)．‎ ‎7．I was about to argue with him, but then I realized that he was right.‎ ‎8．The club offers us many entertaining activities, bringing us much entertainment.(entertain)‎ ‎9．The sports meeting is said to_be (be) successful.‎ ‎10．Is the light good enough to take photographs?‎ Ⅱ.单句改错 ‎1．I have argued him in giving up smoking.in→into ‎2．I don't know how to do next.how→what或do后加it ‎3．The book is so entertained that he is crazy about it.entertained→entertaining ‎4．The flood there is believed be the biggest in 100 years.be前加to ‎5．He spent five years in Paris, with occasionally visits to Italy.occasionally→occasional ‎6．He went back home every other weeks and never failed to do that.weeks→week或other→two Ⅲ.阅读理解 ‎ When I read a post about taking someone to the movies, I was reminded of something that happened a couple of years ago.‎ ‎ I used to drink Cokes and they had a competition where there was a code inside the bottle cap. You went to a website and entered the code and maybe you won something. I won some free Cokes. But then I won the Grand Prize! I was surprised and pleased.‎ ‎ The Grand Prize was free movies for a year. They pointed out that one movie a week was what free movies for a year meant. All of the tickets had a deadline later than a year from the day I received them. So I must use them in the following year. I used quite a few taking friends to movies we all wanted to see.‎ ‎ But the best thing I did with them was that I donated (捐赠) 22 tickets (all I had left by that time) to the local Women's Transition House, a place where women and their children could go when avoiding domestic violence (家庭暴力) or just a bad situation in general and get help to make a new start.‎ ‎ My workplace team had decided they would be a charity (慈善机构), so we collected donations for that particular New Year's Day. I knew that the Women's Transition House provided some childcare for the women so they could go for job interviews and things like that.‎ ‎ I put those tickets in an envelope and wrote a note on the outside, asking the Women's Transition House staff to give movie tickets to women there over the holidays to have something fun to do, with or without their children. It made me really happy to do this.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了作者几年前在一次喝可乐的时候中了一项大奖——一年的免费电影票，每周一次，作者把其中的22张捐给了当地的一个慈善机构的故事。‎ ‎1．How did the author get the tickets?‎ ‎ A．By visiting a website by chance.‎ ‎ B．By attending a knowledge competition.‎ ‎ C．By winning the prize for drinking Cokes.‎ ‎ D．By using some Cokes to get them.‎ 答案与解析：C　细节理解题。根据第二段的内容和第三段第一句“The Grand Prize was free movies for a year”‎ 可知，作者在一次喝可乐的时候中了一项大奖，奖品是一年的免费电影票。故选C项。‎ ‎2．How many tickets did the author and his friends use?‎ ‎ A．About 22. B．About 30.‎ ‎ C．About 52. D．About 365.‎ 答案与解析：B　推理判断题。根据第三段中的“The Grand Prize was free movies for a year. They pointed out that one movie a week was what free movies for a year meant”可知，大奖是一年的免费电影票，指一周一次电影，所以作者得到的电影票数大概是52张，然后作者捐给这家慈善机构22张电影票，所以作者和朋友大概用掉了30张。故选B项。‎ ‎3．Which of the following best describes the author?‎ ‎ A．Lucky and caring. ‎ B．Creative and careful.‎ ‎ C．Responsible and cheerful. ‎ D．Thankful and generous.‎ 答案与解析：A　推理判断题。根据第二段作者中奖了可知，作者的运气很好，后来作者把一部分电影票捐给慈善机构，说明作者很有爱心。故选A项。‎ ‎4．What can we learn about the Women's Transition House from the text?‎ ‎ A．It can provide jobs for women in need.‎ ‎ B．It mainly offers help to women in trouble.‎ ‎ C．It only helps women to deal with daily pressure.‎ ‎ D．It often offers some free movie tickets to some women.‎ 答案与解析：B　推理判断题。根据倒数第二段和倒数第三段的内容可推知，Women's Transition House为那些遭遇家庭暴力和生活痛苦以及要面试没人照顾孩子的妇女提供帮助。故选B项。‎ Ⅳ.完形填空 Honesty is always the best policy. Though lying often allows one to escape punishment for the moment, the __1__ will always come out. In most situations, one will __2__ that lying does not offer the same longterm benefits (好处) as honesty does.‎ Sometimes people lie for the purpose of being __3__. For example, my cousin Joanne was __4__ to her friend's birthday party and she asked for my __5__ on her dress. In fact, her dress was terrible, but I __6__ and told her that the dress was beautiful. How could I __7__ her excitement over the dress? Looking back at that moment, I probably should have told her the truth, considering that the guests __8__ her.‎ After that I realized the __9__ of telling the truth. My brother once helped his best friend cheat on a __10__ test. That night, he told me what happened at school. I was very __11__ and asked him to say sorry to his maths teacher immediately __12__ he went to school the next day. __13__， the teacher only forced the two boys to take the test again. If my brother had not followed my __14__， he might have been kicked out of school. __15__， my brother's behaviour sets a good example for his friend. So he __16__ his friend and helped him avoid serious punishment.‎ In some cases, lying seems to be __17__. For example, how can one __18__ to young children what has happened when they lose one of their family members? Lying seems kind, but if one lies to children, they may feel more __19__ when they discover the facts. Therefore, it is important for each of us to be __20__ anytime.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是议论文。作者在文中主要谈论了诚实的重要性。‎ ‎1．A.answer B．reason C．truth D．result 答案与解析：C　由文章首句“Honesty is always the best policy.”可知，作者认为尽管撒谎可以让人暂时逃脱惩罚，但是真相(truth)终会大白。‎ ‎2．A.find B．mean C．imagine D．include 答案与解析：A　由该空后的“lying does not offer the same longterm benefits as honesty ‎ does.”可知，在大多数情况下人们终会“发现(find)”撒谎并不能像诚实一样给人带来长久的好处。‎ ‎3．A.active B．polite C．fair D．silent 答案与解析：B　由本段内容可知，作者出于礼貌(polite)而撒了谎，之所以这样做是不想让表妹感到扫兴。‎ ‎4．A.sent B．forced C．rushed D．invited 答案与解析：D　由该空后的“her friend's birthday party”可知，作者的表妹受邀(invited)参加朋友的生日聚会。‎ ‎5．A.opinion B．decision C．information D．instruction 答案与解析：A　由下文的“I...told her that the dress was beautiful.”可知，她向作者征求意见(opinion)。‎ ‎6．A.stopped B．arrived C．smiled D．appeared 答案与解析：C　由转折连词but可知，她的裙子虽然不好看，但作者还是笑了笑(smiled)说很漂亮。‎ ‎7．A.hide B．ruin C．control D．cause 答案与解析：B　作者认为自己不应该搅了表妹的兴致，故填ruin。‎ ‎8．A.cared about B．looked after C．depended on D．laughed at 答案与解析：D　由该空前的“Looking back at that moment, I probably should have told her the truth...”可知，作者觉得自己当时应该说实话，以免其他客人笑话(laughed at)表妹。‎ ‎9．A.danger B．purpose C．importance D．possibility 答案与解析：C　由本段内容可知，作者的弟弟因为说了实话最终才得以逃脱重罚，由此可见诚实的重要性，故填importance。‎ ‎10．A.maths B．history C．spelling D．listening 答案与解析：A　下文的his maths teacher是提示信息。‎ ‎11．A.shy B．proud C．angry D．excited 答案与解析：C　由该空前的“My brother once helped his best friend cheat on a．..test.”可知，这件事让作者感到很生气(angry)。‎ ‎12．A.since B．when C．though D．before 答案与解析：B　作者让弟弟第二天到学校后马上向老师道歉，故填when。‎ ‎13．A.Clearly B．Painfully C．Strangely D．Luckily 答案与解析：D　由该空后的“...the teacher only forced the two boys to take the test again.”和“...he might have been kicked out of school.”可知，幸运的是 (Luckily)老师只是让他们重考了一次。‎ ‎14．A.rule B．advice C．example D．timetable 答案与解析：B　由上文内容可知，这里是说作者给弟弟提的建议，故填advice。‎ ‎15．A.So far B．However C．Besides D．As usual 答案与解析：C　此外(Besides)，弟弟的行为给他的好友树立了很好的榜样。‎ ‎16．A.saved B．missed C．believed D．refused 答案与解析：A　由该空后的“...helped him avoid serious punishment.”可知，弟弟的行为挽救(saved)了好友，使他免于更加严厉的惩罚。‎ ‎17．A.difficult B．unusual C．interesting D．necessary 答案与解析：D　考查形容词及语境理解。根据下文及In some cases, lying seems to be __7__可知，有时撒谎是必要的，故答案为D。‎ ‎18．A.prove B．explain C．report D．suggest 答案与解析：B　由本段内容可知，在一些情况下撒谎似乎很有必要(necessary)，比如：在亲人离世后，该如何向孩子解释(explain)?‎ ‎19．A.relaxed B．impatient C．confident D．surprised 答案与解析：D　由该空后的“...when they discover the facts.”可知，如果撒谎的话，孩子们知道真相后会更加惊讶(surprised)。‎ ‎20．A.honest B．brave C．kind D．careful 答案与解析：A　总览全文可知，本文主要是讲诚实的重要性，故填honest。‎ Ⅴ.语法填空 ‎ The 2018 Beijing International Film Festival (BJIFF) started on Sunday. With its influence 1.________ (grow) every year, more and more fans and great filmmakers now take the chance to gather in Beijing.‎ ‎ 2.________ (found) in 2011, the Beijing International Film Festival is supported by the Beijing government. Aimed at combining (结合) film resources at home and abroad together, the festival is now a key 3.________ (culture) activity of Beijing.‎ ‎ One of the major parts at the 2018 BJIFF 4.________ (be) the Tiantan Award selection. The Tiantan Award 5.________ (base) on the values of “Beauty in Variety, Harmony in Diversity” and invites masters of the craft to take part as judges. Now in 6.________ (it) eighth year, the prize has a great honor and great influence in the industry because 7.________ its international view, standardized ways, and professional level.‎ ‎ This year, there were seven judges, 8.________ decide who is the winner. The Competition Department received 659 entries from 71 countries and regions on six continents this year. There were ten 9.________ (prize), including Best Feature Film, Best Director, Best Actor, Best Actress, Best Supporting Actor, Best Supporting Actress, Best Screenplay, and so on. All awards were announced (宣布) at the Awards & Closing Ceremony of BJIFF 2018, and 10.________ winners received certificates (证书)．‎ ‎【语篇解读】　北京国际电影节创立于2011年，经过几年的发展，现在已经成为北京一项重要的文化活动。本文主要介绍了北京国际电影节的发展历程和第八届北京国际电影节的主要内容。‎ ‎1．答案与解析：growing　考查非谓语动词。“with＋宾语＋宾补”构成with复合结构，分析句子结构可知， influence与动词grow之间是逻辑上的主谓关系，应用现在分词形式。故填growing。‎ ‎2．答案与解析：Founded　考查非谓语动词。分析句子结构可知，主语the Beijing International Film Festival与动词found之间是逻辑上的动宾关系，应用过去分词作状语，故填Founded。‎ ‎3．答案与解析：cultural　考查词形转换。分析句子结构可知，空处修饰名词activity，应用形容词，故填cultural。‎ ‎4．答案与解析：is　考查时态和主谓一致。分析句子结构可知，主语One of the major parts是单数形式，谓语动词应用单数形式，且此处描述客观的情况，应用一般现在时，故填is。‎ ‎5．答案与解析：is based　考查动词的时态和语态。分析句子结构可知，主语The Tiantan ‎ Award与动词base是动宾关系，应用被动语态，且此处陈述的是客观的情况，应用一般现在时，故填is based。‎ ‎6．答案与解析：its　考查代词。分析句子结构可知，空处修饰名词eighth year，应用形容词性物主代词，故填its。‎ ‎7．答案与解析：of　考查介词。because of意为“由于，因为”，是固定短语，故填of。‎ ‎8．答案与解析：who　考查定语从句。分析句子结构可知，空处引导非限制性定语从句，且指代先行词seven judges并在从句中作主语，应用关系代词who。‎ ‎9．答案与解析：prizes　考查名词复数。prize是可数名词，根据空前的ten可知，此处应用复数形式，故填prizes。‎ ‎10．答案与解析：the　考查冠词。此处指的是“在第八届北京国际电影节上获奖的获胜者”，表示特指，应用定冠词the。‎ Section Ⅲ　Grammar——频度副词和地点副词&副词(短语)作状语 教材语法感知 ‎①Martial arts films are often enjoyable but they are seldom great art.‎ ‎②As in the old wuxia stories, characters leap through the air every now and then, with beautiful, graceful movements, while audiences shout in surprise.‎ ‎③Unusually, it is the female characters that interest us most.‎ ‎④We always watch telly in the morning as we eat our breakfast in the kitchen.‎ ‎⑤I watch films all the time at the weekend.‎ ‎⑥Everyone in it acts so brilliantly.‎ 我的发现 ‎1．例①②③中为频度副词作状语。频度副词通常放在be动词、助动词、情态动词之后，实义动词之前。‎ ‎2．例④⑤⑥中分别为地点副词、时间副词和方式副词作状语。‎ 典题语法感悟 单句语法填空 ‎1．A taste for meat is actually (actual) behind the change: An important part of its corn is used to feed chickens, pigs, and cattle.‎ ‎2．It must have been fairly (fair) unpleasant for the passengers, with all the smoke and noise.‎ ‎3．It is certainly (certain) fun but the lifestyle is a little unreal.‎ ‎4．He is a very serious man. He rarely (rare) smiles.‎ ‎5．The title will be officially (official) given to me at a ceremony in London.‎ ‎6．Recent studies show that we are far more productive at work if we take short breaks regularly (regular)．‎ ‎7．Food in small pieces could be eaten easily with twigs (树枝) which gradually (gradual) turned into chopsticks.‎ ‎8．Chinese scientists recently (recent) had a chance to study a wild female panda with a newborn baby.‎ ‎9．Walls made of adobe take in the heat from the sun on hot days and give out that heat slowly (slow) during cool nights, thus warming the house.‎ ‎10．As natural architects, the Pueblo Indians figured out exactly how thick the adobe walls needed to be to make the cycle work on most days.‎ ‎11．They gave money to the old people's home either personally (personal) or through their companies.‎ Ⅱ.单句改错(每小题仅有1处错误)‎ ‎1．My grandpa said last summer they earned quite a lot by selling the fish. I felt happily that their life had improved.happily→happy ‎2．At that moment, I remembered that my father once said, “The classroom is a place for learning and that includes learning from textbooks, and mistakes as well.” Immediate, I raised my hand.Immediate→Immediately ‎3．It was a relief and I came to a suddenly stop just in the middle of the road.suddenly→sudden ‎4．Instead, he hopes that his business will grow steady.steady→steadily ‎5．I was deep moved by his words.deep→deeply ‎6．As long as you work hardly, you will be surely rewarded.hardly→hard ‎7．He usual drives to work; it takes him about 15 minutes.usual→usually ‎8．How nice to see you again! Dad and I were terrible worried.terrible→terribly ‎9．No one in the carriage had previous spoken to or even noticed the ticketowner before.previous→previously ‎1．频度副词和地点副词 单句语法填空/单句改错 ‎(1)Grain stores are frequently (frequent) attacked by pests.‎ ‎(2)It's believed that the two accidents are closely (close) related to each other.‎ ‎(3)She doesn't speak as well (good) as her friends, but her written work is excellent.‎ ‎(4)The students are mostly (most) young people between the ages of sixteen and twenty.‎ ‎(5)We used to see each other regularly (regular), but I haven't heard from him since last year.‎ ‎(6)Never before she seen anybody who can play tennis as well as Robert.在she前加has ‎(7)—Is everyone here?‎ ‎—Not yet... Look, there comes the rest of our guests！comes→come ‎(8)Drunk driving used to occur frequent in our city, but now such cases are rare.frequent→frequently ‎ ‎2．副词(短语)作状语 单句语法填空 ‎(1)The girl used to be shy, but is gradually (gradual) getting active in group work and is more willing to express herself.‎ ‎(2)Generally (general) speaking, women live longer than men. ‎ ‎(3)Everyone thinks he is a highly (high) skilled engineer.‎ 完成句子 ‎(1)I make telephone calls to my parents twice_a_week (一周两次)．‎ ‎(2)He promised that he would_come_here_before_five_o'clock (5点之前来这里)．‎ ‎(3)There stands a tall old tree between_the_houses (在房屋之间)．‎ ‎(4)We love the sea and go swimming in it from_time_to_time (不时地)．‎ ‎(5)My mother and I went to the hospital to see my father every_two_days/every_other_day (每两天)．‎ ‎(6)Seldom_does (很少) he make a mistake in the accounts.‎ ‎(7)I suddenly (突然) saw him sit there sadly (伤心地)．‎ ‎(8)Away_went (跑远了) the runners.‎ ‎(9)We love_our_motherland_deeply (深爱着我们的祖国)．‎ ‎(10)John escaped_from_the_prison_successfully (成功逃离监狱).‎ Ⅰ.单句语法填空 ‎1．A sudden stop can be a very frightening experience, especially (especial) if you are travelling at high speed.‎ ‎2．Do you think shopping online will finally (final) take the place of shopping in stores?‎ ‎3．As the idea of lowcarbon life is now widely (wide) accepted, more and more people travel by public transport.‎ ‎4．Luckily (lucky), you reminded me; otherwise I would have missed the train.‎ ‎5．The boy began to cry instantly (instant) he saw his mother leave.‎ ‎6．The story is really (real) an interesting one. I think you will like to read it.‎ ‎7．I've been writing this report occasionally (occasion) for the last two weeks, but it has to be handed in tomorrow.‎ ‎8．She looked sad at the news and looked sadly at the picture of her lost son.(sad) ‎ ‎9．This book is thought highly (high) of by the teenagers as soon as it came out.‎ ‎10．You must drive more carefully (careful) next time, or there may be another accident.‎ Ⅱ.单句改错 ‎1．It was raining. Little Mary felt cold, so she stood closely to her mother.closely→close ‎2．On average, a powerful earthquake happens less than once each two years.each→every ‎3．Surprising, the baby survived the earthquake.Surprising→Surprisingly ‎4．It's been raining continuous for three days.continuous→continuously ‎5．Mr. Smith used to smoke heavy but he has given it up.heavy→heavily Ⅲ.语法填空 The Beatles were an English rock musical band formed in Liverpool in 1960. The four members — John Lennon, Paul McCartney, George Harrison and Ringo Starr — were considered 1.________ (be) the greatest and most influential (有影响的) artists in rock music.‎ The Beatles built their fame by 2.________ (play) in clubs in Liverpool and Hamburg over a threeyear period. In late 1962, they released their first hit Love Me Do, after 3.________ they gained great popularity in the United Kingdom. By early 1964, they 4.________ (become) international pop stars, even playing a big part in the United States pop market. From 1965 on, the Beatles produced 5.________ many critics consider as their finest material, including the 6.________ (wide) influential albums Rubber Soul (1965), Revolver (1966), Sgt.Pepper's Lonely Hearts Club Band (1967), The Beatles (1968) and Abbey Road (1969)．‎ After their breakup in 1970, they enjoyed 7.________ (success) musical careers.Although Lennon 8.________ (shoot) by a crazy fan in 1980, and Harrison died 9.________ cancer in 2001, McCartney and Starr, the surviving members, continue to remain musically active. In 2004, Rolling Stone magazine ranked the Beatles as the greatest 10.________ (music) of all time.‎ ‎1．答案与解析：to be　考查不定式作宾语补足语的用法。consider...to be...意为“认为……是……”。‎ ‎2．答案与解析：playing　考查动词ing形式作宾语的用法。设空处作介词by的宾语，且The Beatles与play之间是逻辑上的主谓关系，故填playing。‎ ‎3．答案与解析：which　考查关系代词。设空处所在分句为“介词(after)＋关系代词”引导的定语从句，修饰先行词Love Me Do，故填which。‎ ‎4．答案与解析：had become　考查过去完成时。由By early 1964可知， become所表示的动作发生在“过去的过去”，应用过去完成时，故填had become。‎ ‎5．答案与解析：what　考查连接词。设空处引导宾语从句，作produced的宾语，且在从句中作consider的宾语，且由下文可知，设空处指的是唱片集，故填what。‎ ‎6．答案与解析：widely　考查副词。设空处作状语修饰形容词influential，故填widely。‎ ‎7．答案与解析：successful　考查形容词作定语的用法。设空处作定语修饰careers，表示“成功的”，故填successful。‎ ‎8．答案与解析：was shot　考查一般过去时的被动语态。由in 1980可知， shoot所表示的动作发生在过去，应用一般过去时，且Lennon与shoot之间是被动关系，故填was shot。‎ ‎9．答案与解析：of　考查介词。die of...意为“死于……”。‎ ‎10．答案与解析：musicians　考查名词。设空处作as的宾语，其前有形容词最高级修饰，且the Beatles在此指该乐队的几位成员，故填musicians。‎ Ⅳ.短文改错 ‎[2019·银川一中高一期中]‎ At a sports meeting of high school I knew Christine but we became best friend. At that time, we often spend time together. Under her help, I made great progress in my study. Last year, she decided to study abroad. In other words, we would be separated for long time. Before she was left, I prepared a gift to show my best wishes to him. She said it was the best gift which she had ever had. Since then, we have kept in touch with each other through emails frequent. I look forward to see her again in the near future.‎ 答案：‎ At a sports meeting of high school I knew Christine we became best . At that time, we often time together. her help, I made great progress in my study. Last year, she decided to study ‎ abroad. In other words, we would be separated for long time. Before she was left, I prepared a gift to show my best wishes to . She said it was the best gift _which_ which she had ever had. Since then, we have kept in touch with each other through emails . I look forward to her again in the near future.‎ ‎①答案与解析：but改为and　前后之间是顺承关系，故用and。‎ ‎②答案与解析：friend改为friends　此处主语为we，成为好朋友，至少是两个人，故应用名词复数。‎ ‎③答案与解析：spend改为spent　根据全文的时态及“At that time”可知，此处陈述的是发生在过去的事情，故用一般过去时。‎ ‎④答案与解析：Under改为With　with one's help是固定短语，意为“在……的帮助下”。‎ ‎⑤答案与解析：for后加a　for a long time是固定短语，意为“很长时间”。‎ ‎⑥答案与解析：删除left前的was　leave意为“离开”时，是不及物动词，没有被动语态。‎ ‎⑦答案与解析：him改为her　根据上文中的she可知，作者的朋友是女性，故应用her。‎ ‎⑧答案与解析：which改为that或者删除which　此处是定语从句，且先行词gift前面有形容词的最高级修饰，所以要用that，且关系代词在句中作宾语，故也可删除which。‎ ‎⑨答案与解析：frequent改为frequently　此处在句中修饰动词，故应用副词。‎ ‎⑩答案与解析：see改为seeing　look forward to中的to为介词，其后应接名词或者动词ing形式。Section Ⅳ　 Writing——如何写电影观后感 普通表达——常用词汇　普通句式　让学生写作思路“活”起来 写作任务 假定你是李华，上周你班同学集体观看了电影《西游记之大圣归来》(Monkey King: Hero is Back)。请根据所给提示用英语写一篇电影观后感。‎ 类型 国产3D动画片 ‎(3D animation)‎ 导演 田晓鹏 剧情介绍 ‎　　小男孩江流儿救了一个小女孩，遭到山妖(monster)追杀。他带着女孩逃到了山洞，无意中释放了被压在五行山下五百年的大圣。在江流儿的激励下，大圣重获神力，打败了妖王。‎ 感受 ‎……‎ 注意：‎ ‎1．词数100左右；‎ ‎2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ 写作指导 一、审题定调 本写作要求写一篇电影观后感。电视观后感包括“观”的内容和“感”的内容。“观”的内容要求完整又简练。“感”的内容可以从主题、人物、细节、场面、语言等方面切入，表达自己的看法。人称以第三和第一人称为主。‎ 二、谋篇布局 内容可分为三部分：‎ 第一部分：电影简介 (故事来源、类型、导演等)；‎ 第二部分：剧情简介 (概括剧情，让读者对影片内容有大致了解)；‎ 第三部分：观后感想。‎ 三、组织语言 第一段：介绍该影片故事来源、类型及导演。‎ ‎1．Monkey King: Hero is Back is an exciting Chinese 3D animation. ‎ Its_director_is_Tian_Xiaopeng (它的导演是田晓鹏)．‎ ‎2．The film is based on... but_tells_a_completely_different_story (但却讲述了一个完全不同的故事)．‎ 第二段：简要概括影片内容 ‎3．Jiang Liuer is attacked by monsters because_he_saves_a_little_girl (因为他救了一个小女孩)．‎ ‎4．They run_into_a_cave (跑进山洞)．‎ ‎5．Unknowingly (不知不觉地), Jiang Liuer saves Monkey King...‎ ‎6．At last, with_the_encouragement_of_Jiang_Liuer (在江流儿的鼓励下), Monkey king becomes a hero...‎ 第三段：表达自己的感受。‎ ‎7．这个角色的勇敢和善良深深打动了我。‎ I_was_deeply_moved_by_the_characters'_bravery_and_kindness.‎ ‎8．这是一部老少皆宜的好电影。‎ It_is_a_good_movie_that_people_of_all_ages_can_enjoy.‎ 四、连句成篇 Monkey King: Hero is Back is an exciting Chinese 3D animation. Its director is Tian Xiaopeng. The film is based on a popular Chinese myth Journey to the West but tells a completely different story.‎ A young boy Jiang Liuer is attacked by monsters because he saves a little girl. They run into a cave. Unknowingly, Jiang Liuer saves Monkey King, who has been held under Wuxing Mountain for 500 years. At last, with the encouragement of Jiang Liuer, Monkey King becomes a hero and defeats the monsters' king.‎ I was deeply moved by the characters' bravery and kindness. It is a good movie that people of all ages can enjoy.‎ 我的写作体会：　‎ ‎　‎ ‎　‎ 高级表达——精彩词汇　句式升级　让学生满分作文“易”起来 任务呈现 ‎《功夫熊猫3》的热映，又一次唤起了人们对该系列电影的兴趣。请根据该电影写一篇100词左右的观后感。‎ 写作要点：‎ ‎1．故事背景： China's Valley of Peace；‎ ‎2．从一只普通熊猫被选为the Dragon Warrior到成为大师的过程；‎ ‎3．发表自己的看法。‎ 参考词汇：《功夫熊猫3》 Kung Fu Panda 3‎ 写作步骤 一、统筹安排 体裁 电影观后感 时态 一般现在时为主 主题 电影《功夫熊猫3》‎ 人称 第三人称为主 结构 首段：电影名，电影背景等 中段：故事情节 尾段：评论 二、词语储备——对接模块词汇 ‎1．tell_the_story_of...　　　　　　讲述了……故事 ‎2．be_set_in　 以……为背景 ‎3．by_accident　 偶然 ‎4．be_confident/believe_in_oneself　 自信 三、备用句型罗列——巧用模块句式、语法 完成句子 ‎1．以China's Valley of Peace为背景，那里没有人类，只生活着一群会说话的动物。‎ The film is_set_in and around China's Valley of Peace, and there are no humans except talking animals.‎ ‎2．最后他意识到成为一名功夫大师的真谛是：如果我们自信，我们就能成功。‎ In the end, he realizes_the_truth to be a master of Kung Fu. That is, you will succeed if you_believe_in_yourself.‎ 句式升级 ‎3．用not only...but also...合并1和2句 We_should_not_only_have_different_kinds_of_foods,_like_fish,_meat,_vegetables,_fruits_as_well_as_rice,_noodles,_but_also_have_the_food_regularly_and_properly.‎ ‎4．用which引导的非限制性定语从句合并3和4句 I_think_it_is_important_to_keep_a_healthy_diet,_which_is_beneficial_to_build_up_a_strong_body.‎ 四、扩充要点，连词成句 ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ 高级范文：‎ Kung Fu Panda 3 tells a story about a fat, big panda that can perform martial arts. The film is set in and around China's Valley of Peace, where there are no humans, only talking animals. ‎ At first, the panda works for his father in a noodle shop. At that time, he was only a common panda. By accident, he is chosen to be the Dragon Warrior. In the end, he realizes the truth to be a master of Kung Fu is that you will succeed if you believe in yourself.‎ Kung Fu Panda 3 is considered to be one of the greatest cartoon films. It is popular among teenagers, even the adults. ‎ 我的写作体会：　‎ ‎　‎ ‎　‎ 写作训练 一、某英文报纸的Wonderful Movie栏目开展征文活动。请根据所给提示，就电影《西虹市首富》(Hello Mr. Billionaire)写一篇影评并向该杂志投稿。‎ 类型 喜剧 导演 闫非、彭大魔 剧情介绍 ‎　　业余足球队的守门员王多鱼(沈腾饰)‎ 接受了一个月花光十亿资金的任务。如果任务完成，他将得到三百亿。但是，他不允许告诉别人他的任务且任务完成时不允许拥有任何贵重物品。本以为快乐生活就此开始，王多鱼却第一次感到“花钱特烦恼”。‎ 评论 ‎……‎ 注意：‎ ‎1．词数100左右；‎ ‎2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ 参考范文：‎ Hello Mr. Billionaire, a highly funny movie, is directed by Yan Fei and Peng Damo.‎ A minor league soccer goalkeeper Wang Duoyu (played by Shen Teng) is given a task to spend one billion in one month. If he makes it, he will get 30 billion. However, he's not allowed to tell anyone about the task and he must not own any valuables by the end of it. The poor guy really doesn't know how to deal with so much money, which gives him so much trouble.‎ The characters' humourous but meaningful words touched my heart deeply. It will appeal to people of all ages.‎ 二、根据表格提示信息，写一篇关于电影《2012》的观后感，词数100左右。‎ Name ‎2012‎ Director Roland Emmerich Film stars John Cusack, Chiwetel Ejiofor, Amanda Peet, Oliver Platt, Danny Glover, Thandie Newton and Woody Harrelson Plot 由于太阳活动异常，人类将遭遇灭顶之灾(catastrophe)。以写小说谋生的Jackson在带孩子们到黄石公园度周末时发生了一连串怪事。最后Jackson带领自己的家人靠着互爱和对生命的尊重渡过了难关 你的感想 ‎……‎ 参考范文：‎ ‎2012 is a disaster film directed by Roland Emmerich. The film stars John Cusack, Chiwetel Ejiofor, Amanda Peet, Oliver Platt, Danny Glover, Thandie Newton and Woody Harrelson.‎ The film tells of how the main characters survive the human catastrophe caused by unusual sun activity. Jackson, good at writing novels, experiences a series of strange things with his children in Yellowstone Park. At last Jackson and his family go through the difficulty with love for each other and respect for life.‎ I think it is one of the most satisfactory films and it really can be called “the mother of all disaster movies”. From it we learn that human beings should take measures to protect our earth. If not, such a catastrophe might come in the future.‎ 阶段测试 学业质量测评卷(一)‎ 第一部分　听力(共两节，满分30分)‎ 第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)‎ 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。‎ ‎1．When will the man have an operation?‎ A．Today. B．Tomorrow. ‎ C．The day after tomorrow.‎ ‎2．How is the man going to travel?‎ A．By bus. B．By train. ‎ C．By plane.‎ ‎3．What will the woman do next?‎ A．Go out with the man. B．Relax herself at home. ‎ C．Finish her report.‎ ‎4．What is the woman worried about?‎ A．Her son's safety. B．Her son's study. ‎ C．Her son's diet.‎ ‎5．When will the man arrive in London at the latest?‎ A．10：‎20 a．m. B．10：‎10 a．m. ‎ C．9：‎15 a．m.‎ 第二节(共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)‎ 听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。‎ 听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。‎ ‎6．How does the woman feel?‎ A．Excited. B．Tired. ‎ C．Worried.‎ ‎7．What does the woman want to do?‎ A．Return home. B．Attend school earlier. ‎ C．Walk to the hospital.‎ 听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。‎ ‎8．What is the woman's favorite food?‎ A．Chicken. B．Beef. ‎ C．Fish.‎ ‎9．What does the woman want the man to do?‎ A．Cook the lunch. B．Clean the kitchen. ‎ C．Buy some cakes.‎ 听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。‎ ‎10．What does the man turn to the woman for? ‎ A．To ask the way. B．To ask for advice. ‎ C．To ask for service.‎ ‎11．Why does the woman go to the city hall? ‎ A．To attend a meeting. B．To watch a performance. ‎ C．To listen to a speech.‎ ‎12．What do the two speakers care about? ‎ A．Whether the professor is famous. ‎ B．Whether the speech is interesting. ‎ C．Whether the speech will begin on time.‎ 听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。‎ ‎13．What are Bill and his wife dissatisfied with? ‎ A．The service. B．The price. ‎ C．The environment.‎ ‎14．What problem did Bill and his wife meet with that day? ‎ A．The baggage elevator was out of work. ‎ B．They had no spare rooms to choose from. ‎ C．They had to leave early in the next morning.‎ ‎15．What does Bill want to do? ‎ A．Eat well. B．Sleep well. ‎ C．Behave well.‎ ‎16．Which of the following can best describe the woman?‎ A．Careless. B．Confident. ‎ C．Thoughtful.‎ 听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。‎ ‎17．What is the speaker mainly talking about? ‎ A．The secret of being wealthy. ‎ B．The secret of staying young. ‎ C．The secret of being successful.‎ ‎18．What does the speaker suggest focusing on? ‎ A．Our habit. B．Our diet. ‎ C．Our brain.‎ ‎19．What does the housewife mentioned finally become? ‎ A．A designer. B．A lawyer. ‎ C．An artist.‎ ‎20．How old was the American man when he went to a law school? ‎ A．70. B．71. ‎ C．73.‎ 答案：‎ ‎1～5　CACAB　6～10　CACBA　11～15　CBCBB ‎16～20　CBCAB 听力材料 Text 1‎ W：You must know you will have an operation the day after tomorrow.‎ M：Yes. But I really forgot about it. It is very kind of you to remind me of the exact time.‎ Text 2‎ W：You're going to travel next week?‎ M：Yes, a train journey is as fast as a bus journey, but my wife and I prefer taking a bus.‎ Text 3‎ M：It has been raining for the past two weeks, but today is a fine day. Shall we go out to refresh ourselves?‎ W：I'd love to, but I have a report to finish.‎ Text 4‎ W：My son went to his aunt's and has stayed there for two weeks, but I haven't heard a word from him. He could at least drop me a line to let me know he is fine.‎ M：He's probably busy having a good time.‎ Text 5‎ M：Do you know when the bus leaves for London?‎ W：It leaves at 9：‎15 a．m.‎ M：Oh, I think I will be late. I must arrive there before 10：‎20 a．m. to pick up my parents.‎ W：Take it easy. You will have enough time. It will at most take you 55 minutes to get there.‎ Text 6‎ W：Sam, could you do me a favor?‎ M：What's up?‎ W：I don't know what exactly it is.‎ M：Tell me what you know.‎ W：OK, at first, my mother told me that my father was seriously sick.‎ M：Oh, I am sorry to hear that.‎ W：I am very worried and I wonder if you can help me.‎ M：And then, please, to make a long story short.‎ W：Could you help to ask for leave? I need to go home as soon as possible.‎ M：Of course, but please tell what I need to do at first.‎ Text 7‎ M：I'm very hungry.‎ W：I'm preparing the lunch. What kind of food do you like today, fried chicken or boiled beef?‎ M：Thanks, but I like cooked steak.‎ W：OK, anything else?‎ M：What about your favorite food, the fish?‎ W：I will do it, if you can clean the kitchen.‎ M：Deal. Will it take a long time?‎ W：It'll be ready in an hour. You can eat some cakes first.‎ Text 8‎ M：Excuse me, could you tell me how to get to the city hall?‎ W：You can walk down this street and turn left at the next corner and at the third crossing turn right and walk for ten minutes and you will find the city hall.‎ M：Oh, it sounds very far. I don't have enough time.‎ W：May I know what you will be doing there?‎ M：My father gave me a ticket for the speech of a famous professor.‎ W：I am going there, too. Let's take a short cut.‎ M：A short cut? Great!‎ W：Do you like the professor?‎ M：I am not sure. I hope the speech would be as interesting as I expected.‎ W：I agree. We should walk quickly, or we will be late.‎ Text 9‎ W：Good morning, sir. What can I do for you?‎ M：I'm Bill. I'm in Room 908. Can you change the room for me? It's too noisy. My wife was woken up several times by the noise the baggage elevator made. She said it was too much for her.‎ W：I'm awfully sorry, sir. Room 908 is in the corner. It's possible that the noise is heard early in the morning when all is quiet.‎ M：Anyhow, I'd like to change our room.‎ W：No problem, sir. We'll manage it, but we don't have any spare rooms today. Could you wait till tomorrow? Some will be leaving tomorrow morning. There'll be some rooms for you ‎ to choose from.‎ M：All right. I hope we'll be able to enjoy our stay in a quiet room tomorrow evening and have a sound sleep.‎ W：Be sure. I'll make a note of that. Everything will be taken care of. And if there is anything more you need, please let us know.‎ Text 10‎ ‎ The secret of staying young is quite simple: Devote your attention to the part of you that's young and growing — your brain. Keep your mind awake and you will stay young. These are exciting times. Take an interest in the world around you, and make a point of learning one new thing every day. ‎ No matter how old you are, it's not too late to make your life more interesting. I know a housewife who has now become an excellent industrial designer.‎ ‎ Get over the idea that you are too old to go back to school. A 70yearold Chinese man entered a medical college, finished his degree, and became a famous doctor. An American man went to a law school at age 71 and two years later became an active lawyer.‎ ‎ No matter how old people are, staying young is easy for those who live with their eyes on the future. You can do it if you try. Keep your mind active and awake: that's the only way.‎ 第二部分　阅读理解(共两节，满分40分)‎ 第一节(共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分)‎ 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项，并在该答案上将该项涂黑。‎ A ‎[2019·湖南湘东六校高一联考]‎ GETTING A_GRANT Who pays?‎ The local education authority (LEA) for the area in which the student is living.‎ Who can get this money?‎ Anyone who gets a place on a first degree course, although a student who has already attended a course of advanced further education may not. Students must also have been resident in the UK for at least three years, which can exclude some students from overseas.‎ SPECIAL CASES If a student has worked before going to college?‎ A student who is 26 or more before the course starts and who has worked for at least three years will get extra money－￡‎155 a year since 26, increasing to a maximum of￡615 at 29 or more.‎ If a student is handicapped?‎ LEAs will give up to￡500 to help meet extra expenses－such as buying a tape recorder for a blind student, extra heating or special food.‎ Banking?‎ Most of the big banks offer special services to students who open accounts, hoping that they will stay with the bank when they become rich officials. A student won't usually have to pay bank charges as long as the account stays in credit. Some banks allow students to overdraw by￡100 or so, and still don't make charges (though they do charge interest)．‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是一则广告。文章介绍一个为大学生提供财政资助的项目，包括出资人、对申请人的资格要求、特殊案例和提供该项服务的银行。‎ ‎21．The underlined phrase “a grant” in the first line most probably means ________.‎ A．a first degree B．a credit card C．financial aid D．further education 答案与解析：C　推理判断题。根据Who pays？和Who can get this money？可知，“a grant”的意思应该是“一个财政资助”。故选C。‎ ‎22．How much extra money will a 31yearold nurse get a year if she has worked since 25?‎ A．￡155 B．￡500‎ C．￡515 D．￡615‎ 答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据If a student has worked before going to college？中的A student who is 26 or more before the course starts and who has worked for at least three years will get extra money –￡155 a year since 26, increasing to a maximum of ￡615 at 29 or more. (课程开始前26岁或26岁以上、工作至少3年的学生将获得额外收入——从26岁起每年155英镑，29岁或29岁以上的学生最高可获得615英镑。)由此可知，如果一个31岁的护士从25岁开始工作，她一年能多获得￡615。故选D。‎ ‎23．A big bank offers a new student special services because ________.‎ A．they need student accounts badly B．they can charge students extra money C．they hope he'll be a potential customer D．they know he can get money regularly 答案与解析：C　细节理解题。根据Banking？中的Most of the big banks offer special services to students who open accounts, hoping that they will stay with the bank when they become rich officials. (大多数大银行为开户的学生提供特殊服务，希望他们成为富有的官员后能留在银行。)由此可知，一家大银行为一名新生提供特殊服务，因为他们希望他成为潜在客户。故选C。‎ B It was Monday. Mrs. Smith's dog was hungry, but there was not any meat in the house.‎ Considering that there was no better way, Mrs. Smith took a piece of paper, and wrote the following words on it: “Give my dog half a pound of meat.” Then she gave the paper to her dog and said gently: “Take this to the butcher (屠夫) and he's going to give you your lunch today.”‎ Holding the piece of paper in its mouth, the dog ran to the butchers. It gave the paper to the butcher. The butcher read it carefully, recognized that it was really the lady's handwriting and soon did it as he was asked to. The dog was very happy, and ate the meat up at once.‎ At noon, the dog came to the shop again. It gave the butcher a piece of paper again. After reading it, he gave it half a pound of meat once more.‎ The next day, the dog came again exactly at noon. And as usual, it brought a piece of paper in the mouth. This time, the butcher did not take a look at paper, and gave the dog its meat, for he had regarded the dog as one of his customers. But, the dog came again at four o'clock. And the same thing happened once again. To the butcher's more surprise, it came for the third time at six o'clock, and brought with it a third piece of paper. The butcher felt a bit puzzled. He said to himself, “This is a small dog. Why does Mrs. Smith give it so much meat to eat today？”‎ Looking at the piece of paper, he found that there were not any words on it!‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文属于故事类。 文章主要讲的是一条狗在一个屠夫那里“骗”肉吃的笑话。‎ ‎24．Mrs. Smith treated her little dog quite ________.‎ A．cruelly B．kindly C．fairly D．friendly 答案与解析：B　推理判断题。从文中第1段可知Mrs. Smith家里没肉给狗吃了，她想了一个主意，让狗带着她写的纸条给屠夫，让屠夫给狗半磅肉吃，可见她对狗很好(kindly)。分析选项可知B项符合题意，故选B。‎ ‎25．It seemed that the dog knew well that the paper Mrs. Smith gave it ________.‎ A．could do it much good B．might do it much harm C．would help the butcher D．was worth many pounds 答案与解析：A　推理判断题。从狗一天三次叼着纸去换肉吃，可推知狗知道Mrs. Smith给它的纸的作用，故答案选A。‎ ‎26．From its experience, the dog found that ________.‎ A．only the paper with Mrs. Smith's words in it could bring it meat B．the butcher would give the meat to it whenever he saw it C．a piece of paper could bring it half a pound of meat D．Mrs. Smith would pay for the meat it got from the butcher 答案与解析：C　推理判断题。从最后一次狗叼着一张无字的纸来“买”肉吃，可知狗以为只要有纸就能换肉，故答案选C。‎ ‎27．At the end of the story, you'll find that ________.‎ A．the dog was clever enough to write on the paper B．the dog dared not go to the butcher's any more C．the butcher found himself cheated by the clever animal D．the butcher was told not to give any meat to the dog 答案与解析：C　推理判断题。从文章最后一段Looking at the piece of paper, he found that there were not any words on it，屠夫发现那张纸上什么也没有，一片空白。可知他发现自己被骗了。‎ C ‎ Does a grasshopper taco (墨西哥蚂蚱卷饼) sound delicious? If you were living in another part of the world — say, Mexico or Thailand or Kenya — the idea of eating insects might not seem strange to you at all. For thousands of years, insecteating has been common practice among many of the world's people. According to insecteaters around the world, insects are tasty. “When I traveled in Mexico, I tried grasshoppers and found them really delicious，” Arnold van Huis, an insect scientist from Wageningen University in the Netherlands told TFK.‎ ‎ Insect fans say insects are not only tasty, they are also nutritious (有营养的). Arnold van Huis is working with other scientists to encourage insecteating in areas where it is already common, as well as in Europe and North America, where people are more likely to kill an insect than eat it.‎ According to the United Nations, the planet's population is now almost 7 billion. It is expected to reach 9 billion before 2050. By that time, people's need for meat is expected to double. Raising livestock (家畜) requires large areas of farmland, and feeding the animals can be expensive. “We have to find something else to take the place of meat，” Arnold van Huis says. “One very good choice is using insects.”‎ ‎ Raising insects would require less land, says Arnold van Huis. Insects would also be cheaper to feed. “We throw away onethird of our food，” he say. “Insects could feed on that.”‎ For insecteating to become popular in the U．S., Brian Fisher, an insect scientist at the California Academy of Sciences, says people must be careful with readytoeat insects. There are more than 1,700 types of insects that are safe to eat. But do not even think of eating insects from your backyard, since there is no way of knowing if they are dangerous! If you really want to eat insects, it is possible to order insect cuisine (烹饪) at a handful of U．S. restaurants.‎ ‎ Arnold van Huis is working with chefs in the Netherlands to develop delicious insect recipes. For one experiment, his team prepared two types of meatballs: some made with meat and others made with mealworms and meat. In a blind taste test, nine out of 10 people preferred the mealworm meatballs.‎ ‎ In the future, will eating insects be common practice for people in Europe and North America? “I'm completely sure it will，” says Arnold van Huis.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是说明文。来自荷兰的昆虫专家Arnold van Huis认为虫子不仅美味还能帮助养活不断增长的世界人口。‎ ‎28．What can we learn about insecteating in Thailand or Kenya?‎ A．It is not allowed. B．It is not common.‎ C．It is very popular. D．It is rather strange.‎ 答案与解析：C　推理判断题。由第一段中的If you were living in... Mexico or Thailand or Kenya — the idea of eating insects might not seem strange to you at all... insecteating has been common practice among many of the world's people可知，在泰国或肯尼亚很流行吃昆虫。‎ ‎29．According to Arnold van Huis, what would be an advantage of eating more insects?‎ A．It would save more livestock.‎ B．It would solve environmental problems.‎ C．It would'provide more nutrition for people.‎ D．It would help feed the world's growing population.‎ 答案与解析：D　推理判断题。第三段提及了随着世界人口数量的急剧增长，人类对肉的需求量也大大增加。由第三段Arnold van Huis提出的建议find something else to take the pIace of meat... one very good choice is using insects和第四段他指出饲养昆虫的优势require less land和be cheaper to feed可知，他认为昆虫可替代肉来帮助养活不断增长的世界人口。‎ ‎30．Why does Brian Fisher advise people to go to restaurants to eat insects?‎ A．Insect cuisine ordered there is delicious.‎ B．Insects cooked there taste more like meat.‎ C．Insects cooked there are safe enough to eat.‎ D．Different insect cuisine can be chosen there.‎ 答案与解析：C　细节理解题。由倒数第三段中的do not even think of eating insects from your backyard, since there is no way of knowing if they are dangerous可知， Brian Fisher建议想要吃昆虫的人去饭店是出于安全方面的考虑。‎ ‎31．How might Arnold van Huis feel about the experimental result mentioned in Paragraph 6?‎ A．Fearful. B．Satisfied.‎ C．Doubtful. D．Surprised.‎ 答案与解析：B　推理判断题。倒数第二段的实验结果nine out of 10 people preferred the mealworm meatballs说明，绝大多数受测者喜欢含有昆虫的肉丸。这样的实验结果对鼓励人们食用昆虫并致力于研发美味的昆虫食谱的Arnold van Huis来说自然是满意的。‎ D I was sitting in my fourth grade classroom when a student walked up to me. She smiled and handed me a piece of paper covered with handdrawn flowers. I opened the paper, and within the flowers was a note, which read, “Miss Allie. thank you for all you do for our classroom! I really appreciate you and I'm sure Mrs. Pennington does, too. You do so much for our classroom, so thank you.” The short note made my whole day. It made me feel important in the classroom I was helping.‎ With the world of media (传媒) that spread around society, it's become so simple to communicate by text and email, but we shouldn't overlook the importance of writing handwritten thankyou notes.‎ ‎ Handwritten notes are so powerful because it's not as easy to write them as it would be to write an email or text. It's much harder to go back and change the wording, so the writers have to take their time to really think about what they're thankful for.‎ ‎ Besides, according to an article by scientificamerican. com, people learn better when they write things out rather than typing (打字)．Therefore, writers learn what they're thankful for as they write it out, helping them remember their thankfulness in the long term.‎ ‎ An office worker usually receives 121 emails per day according to templafy. com. If the writer sends a thankyou note through email, the receiver may look over it. But a nice letter with that person's name written on it will quickly draw attention. People may even be excited when they see handwritten letters.‎ ‎ What's more, while emails are easy to delete (删除) and forget about, physical thankyou notes can't just disappear easily. I have a box where I keep notes written to me throughout the years, and sometimes I'll sit down and read through them.‎ ‎ All in all, handwritten notes are powerful to both the writer and the receiver. Even as technology continues to develop, the importance of writing our thankfulness to others should not disappear.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　人与社会——人际沟通 本文是议论文。作者认为，纵使在大众媒体快速发展的当今社会，使用手写感谢函表达感谢仍然是很重要的。‎ ‎32．Why did the author mention the student?‎ A．To advise readers to behave like her.‎ B．To introduce handwritten thankyou notes.‎ C．To praise the student for what she had done.‎ D．To show the author's popularity among students.‎ 答案与解析：B　推理判断题。作者在首段讲述她的一个学生送给她感谢函的故事，主要目的是为了引出本文讨论的话题——手写感谢函。‎ ‎33．What does the article by scientificamerican. com show?‎ A．People are more careful when writing things out.‎ B．Handwritten letters bring the receivers excitement.‎ C．People are unlikely to forget about handwritten notes.‎ D．Handwritten notes help people remember what they write.‎ 答案与解析：D　细节理解题。由第四段中的people learn better when they write things out... remember their thankfulness可知，该文章的观点是：手写信函等有助于写作者记住他们所写的内容。‎ ‎34．What does the author think of the handwritten thankyou note?‎ A．It's quite necessary.‎ B．It takes too much time.‎ C．It's already outofdate.‎ D．It's popular among youths.‎ 答案与解析：A　推理判断题。由作者在第三至六段介绍的手写感谢函的优势和最后一段中的powerful以及the importance of writing our thankfulness to others should not disappear可知，作者认为手写感谢函还是很有必要的。‎ ‎35．How is the text organized?‎ 答案与解析：D　篇章结构题。第一段作者用自己的一段经历引出文章话题；第二段作者表达了自己的观点——我们不能忽视手写感谢函的重要性；接下来第三至六段作者从四个方面阐述了手写感谢函的优势；最后一段，作者对全文做了总结，重申自己的观点。‎ 第二节(共5小题，每小题2分，满分10分)‎ 根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。‎ ‎[2019·河南汝州市实验中学期末]‎ How old is “old”？ __36__ Two hundred years ago, you were old at 35. That was the average life then. At the turn of this century, as medical knowledge advanced, the average life span (长度) increased to 45. In 1950, 70yearolds were really old. Today, a healthy 70yearold is looking forward to many more active years.‎ So, how old is old? The answer is one you've heard many times, from all sorts of people. “You are as old (or young) as you feel！” The calendar (日历) simply tells you how many years you have lived. __37__‎ Once an unknown author wrote, “__38__ Nobody grows old by living a number of years; people grow old by giving up their goals.”‎ ‎__39__ Alice Brophy, when she was with the New York City commission for the Aging, said, “It upsets me when people say, ‘Gee, you look young for your age！’ What does that mean? Is there some model that you're supposed to look a certain way at 65 and 75 and 85? You know you can die old at 30 and live young at 80.”‎ There are many wrong ideas about aging. __40__ Here are some of the more common ones. For example, most older people are in poor health, or older people are unable to change.‎ A．It's extremely terrible to be grown old.‎ B．Youth is not a time of life but it is a state of mind.‎ C．These ideas stereotype (固化) people on the basis of age.‎ D．Old is a point of view.‎ E．Older people are stubborn, unable to change.‎ F．The answer has changed over the years.‎ G．Your body tells you how well you've lived.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　文章谈论的是年老的问题，包括人多老算是老，老年的标准是什么，和对老年的错误观点 ‎36．答案与解析：F　根据后文200年前，35岁被认为是老人，到了下个世纪增加到了45岁，到1950年增加到70岁，今天70岁老人还有望活更长时间，所以这个答案是在不断改变的，所以F正确。‎ ‎37．答案与解析：G　根据前句日历告诉你的是你活了多长时间，而你的身体则告诉你的是你过得怎样，所以G正确，与前面的calendar相对应。‎ ‎38．答案与解析：B　根据后句Nobody grows old by living a number of years; people grow old by giving up their goals. 可知没人因为过了很多年而变老，是因为自己放弃了自己的目标而慢慢变老的，所以年轻是一种心态的问题，不是时间问题，所以B正确。‎ ‎39．答案与解析：D　根据后文Is there some model that you're supposed to look a certain way at 65 and 75 and 85? You know you can die old at 30 and live young at 80.可知年老没有固定的样子，你可以30岁死去也可以80岁仍然年轻，因此年老是一种观点，所以D正确。‎ ‎40．答案与解析：C　根据前句There are many wrong ideas about aging.可知有很多有关衰老的错误观点，这些观点在年龄上固化人们，下面还列举了一些常见的观点，所以C正确。‎ 第三部分　语言知识运用(共两节，满分45分)‎ 第一节(共20小题；每题1.5分，满分30分)‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ ‎[2019· 河北武邑中学高一第三次月考]‎ Germany is a highly developed country. Many people think its people lead a luxurious (奢侈的) life. One day, my friend and I __41__ a restaurant. We noticed that a young couple was having their meal. There were __42__ two dishes and two cans of beer on their table. I wondered if such a(n) __43__ meal could be fine and whether the girl would leave that __44__ man.‎ As we were __45__， my friend ordered more food for us. When we left, there was still about one third of the food we had ordered on the table. When we were leaving, the young man spoke to us in English. We __46__ that he was unhappy about us __47__ so much food. “We paid for our food. It is none of your __48__ how much food we left behind，” my friend told him. The young man was so angry that he __49__ took his phone out and made a call to someone.‎ After a while, an officer from the Social Security Organization (社会保障组织) arrived. Upon knowing what had happened, he gave us a50 fine (罚款), which __50__ us.‎ The officer told us in a __51__ voice, “__52__ is yours but resources (资源) belong to society. There are many __53__ people in the world who are __54__ hunger. We have no __55__ to waste resources.”‎ Their attitude to eating put both of us to __56__. We need to correct our wrong __57__. We ‎ are from a country which is not very rich. To save face, we often think we should order more than we can eat, which __58__ our friends our generosity (慷慨). We should realize that resources don't belong to a(n) __59__ person but they belong to everyone. We can't __60__ to waste them.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是一篇故事，作者通过德国人吃饭不浪费食物的例子告诉我们资源是属于社会的，我们没有理由浪费资源。‎ ‎41．A. opened B. left C. entered D. called 答案与解析：C　考查动词辨析。A.opened打开；B.left离开；C.entered进入；D.called打电话。此处指我和朋友进入一家饭店，看到一对年轻夫妇在吃饭。表示“进入”，故选C。‎ ‎42．A. still B. even C. already D. only 答案与解析：D　考查副词辨析。A.still仍然；B.even甚至；C.already已经；D.only只，仅仅。根据下文if such a(n) __3__ meal could be fine and whether the girl would leave和下文he was unhappy about us __7__ so much food. 及We have no __15__ to waste resources. 可知这对年轻人很节约，不浪费食物，也不希望我们浪费。此处是他们只点了2个菜和两罐啤酒，故选D。‎ ‎43．A. simple B. cheap C. expensive D. common 答案与解析：A　考查形容词辨析。A.simple简单的；B.cheap便宜的；C.expensive昂贵的；D.common普通的。此处指两个年轻人点的two dishes and two cans of beer是简单的饭菜，故选A。‎ ‎44．A. gentle B. stupid C. mean D. friendly 答案与解析：C　考查形容词辨析。A.gentle温和的；B.stupid愚蠢的；C.mean吝啬的；D.friendly友好的。因为两个年轻人点的饭菜很简单，所以我认为这个男士很吝啬。故选C。‎ ‎45．A. full B. hungry C. honest D. free 答案与解析：B　考查形容词辨析。A.full满的，完全的；B.hungry 饥饿的；C.honest诚实的；D.free免费的，自由的。此处指因为我们饿了，所以朋友给我们点了很多食物。故选B。‎ ‎46．A. disagreed B. understood C. ignored D. doubted 答案与解析：B　考查动词辨析。A.disagreed不同意；B.understood明白，懂得；C.ignored忽视；D.doubted怀疑。通过年轻人对我们说的话，我们明白他因为我们浪费食物不高兴。故选B。‎ ‎47．A. ordering B. eating C. wasting D. serving 答案与解析：C　考查动词辨析。A.ordering命令；B.eating吃；C.wasting浪费；D.serving服务。根据上文there was still about one third of the food we had ordered on the table.可知我们剩了三分之一的食物，我们浪费了食物。故选C。‎ ‎48．A. business B. power C. action D. mind 答案与解析：A　考查名词辨析。A.business事情；B.power力量，能力；C.action行动；D.mind精神，智力。朋友告诉年轻人我们花钱买的食物，我们剩多少和他无关。none of your business“不关你的事”，故选A。‎ ‎49．A. slowly B. calmly C. exactly D. immediately 答案与解析：D　考查副词辨析。A.slowly缓慢地；B.calmly平静地；C.exactly恰好，正是；D.immediately立刻，马上。年轻人听完朋友的话很生气，立刻拿出手机打电话。故选D。‎ ‎50．A. worried B. upset C. surprised D. satisfied 答案与解析：C　考查动词辨析。A.worried担心；B.upset 使心烦；C.surprised吃惊；D.satisfied满意。此处指社会保障组织的官员罚我们50款，这让我们很吃惊。故选C。‎ ‎51．A. relaxing B. serious C. grateful D. boring 答案与解析：B　考查形容词辨析。A.relaxing放松的；B.serious严肃的；C.grateful感谢的；D.boring无聊的。此处指官员严肃地告诉我们不能浪费社会资源， serious符合当时语境，故选B。‎ ‎52．A. Money B. Decision C. Right D. Freedom 答案与解析：A　考查名词辨析。A.Money钱；B.Decision决定；C.Right正确，正义；D.Freedom自由。官员告诉我们钱是你们自己的，但资源是属于社会的。故选A。‎ ‎53．A. old B. young C. rich D. poor 答案与解析：D　考查形容词辨析。A.old 古老的；B.young年轻的；C.rich富有的；D.poor贫穷的。根据句中who are __54__ hunger.可知是指世界上还有许多挨饿的穷人，故选D。‎ ‎54．A. thinking about B. bringing in C. suffering from D. getting along with 答案与解析：C　考查动词短语辨析。A.thinking about 思考；B.bringing in引进；C.suffering from 遭受；D.getting along with 取得进展。此处指世界上还有许多遭受饥饿的穷人，故选C。‎ ‎55．A. use B. reason C. need D. way 答案与解析：B　考查名词辨析。A.use使用；B.reason理由；C.need需要；D.way方法。此处指我们没有理由浪费资源，故选B。‎ ‎56．A. shame B. trouble C. interest D. joy 答案与解析：A　考查名词辨析。A.shame羞愧；B.trouble麻烦；C.interest 兴趣；D.joy快乐。德国人对吃饭和浪费的态度使我们很羞愧，因为我们浪费了食物。故选A。‎ ‎57．A. purpose B. method C. education D. opinion 答案与解析：D　考查名词辨析。A.purpose目的；B.method 方法；C.education 教育；D.opinion观点。我们需要改正我们错误的观点，指对待吃饭和浪费的观点。故选D。‎ ‎58．A. returns B. shows C. lends D. passes 答案与解析：B　考查动词辨析。A.returns返回；B.shows 显示；C.lends借出；D.passes通过。为了顾及颜面，我们总是多点菜，这显示我们对朋友的慷慨。故选B。‎ ‎59．A. important B. wealthy C. single D. special 答案与解析：C　考查形容词辨析。A.important重要的；B.wealthy富有的；C.single单一的；D.special特别的。句意：我们应该意识到资源不属于某个人，而是属于大家。表示单个人，故选C。‎ ‎60．A. expect B. begin C. manage D. afford 答案与解析：D　考查动词辨析。A.expect期望，期待；B.begin开始；C.manage管理，经营；D.afford给予，提供，负担得起。此处指我们不能浪费资源，表示“负担得起”，故选D。‎ 第二节(共10小题，每小题1.5分，满分15分)‎ 阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。‎ ‎ Researchers at the London School of Hygiene & Tropical Medicine found that smokers were more than twice as likely to stop smoking 61.________ (successful) if they received supportive texts from 62.________ (they)friends and relatives.‎ ‎ The study looked at nearly 6,000 participants who wanted to stop smoking. They were divided 63.________ two groups, with one group receiving the text messages, as part of a program called “txt2stop，” and 64.________ other group receiving text messages unrelated to smoking. Texts sent via txt2stop 65.________ (include)：“This is it! —QUIT (戒掉) DAY, throw away all your cigarettes. TODAY is the start of your QUITTING forever; you can do it！”．‎ ‎66．________ (compare) with nearly 5 percent who did not receive the same messages, nearly 11 percent of those who were sent the supportive messages were still abstaining (戒) from smoking after six 67.________ (month)．‎ ‎ The researchers used saliva (唾液) tests to check 68.________ those who said they had stopped smoking had really done so or not. The results suggested that text messages could be an inexpensive and simple way 69.________ (help) improve (改善) health around the world. The researchers said that the rapid spread of mobile phone use and smoking in poor countries means that the txt2stop method could 70.________ (use) in both rich and poor countries.‎ ‎61．答案与解析：successfully　考查副词。设空处作状语修饰stop，表示“成功地”，故填副词successfully。‎ ‎62．答案与解析：their　考查代词。设空处作定语，表示“他们的”，故填形容词性物主代词their。‎ ‎63．答案与解析：into　考查介词。设空处所在句意为“他们被分成了两个小组”，故填into。divide... into... 把……分成……。‎ ‎64．答案与解析：the　考查定冠词。由上文中的two groups, with one group receiving the text messages可知，此处指(两个中的)另一个小组，故填the。‎ ‎65．答案与解析：included　考查一般过去时。设空处作谓语，结合语境，设空处表示的动作发生在过去，应用一般过去时，故填included。‎ ‎66．答案与解析：Compared　考查过去分词作状语的用法。compare与nearly 11 percent of those (those指代participants)之间是逻辑上的动宾关系，且compare表示的动作与谓语动作同时发生，故填Compared。‎ ‎67．答案与解析：months　考查名词复数。设空处作宾语，表示“月”， month是可数名词，且其前有six，故填months。‎ ‎68．答案与解析：whether/if　考查连接词。设空处所在句意为“研究人员通过唾液测试来确认那些声称自己已经戒掉烟的人是否真的戒了”，故填whether/if。‎ ‎69．答案与解析：to help　考查不定式作定语的用法。way后常跟动词不定式作定语，表示“……的方法/方式”。‎ ‎70．答案与解析：be used　考查被动语态。method与use之间是被动关系，应用被动语态，因为设空处前有情态动词could，故填be used。‎ 第四部分　写作 (共两节，满分35分) ‎ 第一节　短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)‎ 假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。‎ 增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。‎ 删除：把多余的词用斜线()划掉。‎ 修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；‎ ‎2．只允许修改10处，多者(从第11处起)不计分。‎ ‎ Yesterday evening I went to the supermarket. When I was about to enter I see an old lady with deformed (畸形的) hands calling me. At the first I got afraid but then I decided to go ahead and find out that she wanted. She asked me about some money. She said I hadn't eaten anything since that morning. I gave her some money and she happy went to a food stand and had her food. It made me realise we go shopping and spend money without think twice and then forget all about it in a few day. However, there are people don't even have money to get a meal. I hope to spreading kindness to those in need in any way possible.‎ 答案：‎ ‎ Yesterday evening I went to the supermarket. When I was about to enter I se an old lady with deformed (畸形的) hands calling me, At the first I got afraid but then I decided to go ahead and find out tha she wanted. She asked me abou some money. She said hadn't eaten anything since that morning. I gave her some money and she happ went to a food stand and had her food. It made me realise we go shopping and spend money without thin twice and then forget all about it in a few da. However, there are people don't even have money to get a meal. I hope to spreadin kindness to those in need in any way possible.‎ 第二节　书面表达(满分25分)‎ 你所在的英语俱乐部打算下周就“快乐慢生活”这一话题进行讨论。请根据以下提示，用英语写一篇发言稿。‎ ‎(1)给时间表瘦身；‎ ‎(2)减少屏幕时间；‎ ‎(3)亲近大自然。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1．词数100左右；‎ ‎2．可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ 参考范文：‎ Recently our class had a discussion about whether ebooks will replace printed books. Our opinions are divided.‎ Some students think this will happen, because ebooks have a larger capacity and they're easier to carry. What's more, they help to cut paper use. However, others disagree. First of all, compared with ebooks, printed books do little harm to our eyes. Second, reading printed books can help improve memory. Besides, printed books have a higher value for those who like to collect.‎ In my opinion, printed books won't be replaced by ebooks because they are a better way to preserve human culture.‎ 学业质量测评卷(二) ‎ 第一部分　听力(共两节，满分30分)‎ 第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)‎ 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。‎ ‎1．Where are the two speakers?‎ A．In a garden. B．In a market. ‎ C．In a kitchen.‎ ‎2．What does the woman probably do?‎ A．She is a worker. B．She is a teacher. ‎ C．She is a doctor.‎ ‎3．What is the woman going to do next?‎ A．Have a meeting. B．See the manager. ‎ C．Do some translation.‎ ‎4．What is the man doing?‎ A．Visiting a friend. B．Traveling. ‎ C．Asking the way.‎ ‎5．Why did the man change his job?‎ A．The job was not what he liked best. ‎ B．He wanted to work in a larger company. ‎ C．He disliked computers.‎ 第二节(共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)‎ 听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。‎ 听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。‎ ‎6．Why did the woman go to France?‎ A．To see friends. B．To travel. ‎ C．To do some study.‎ ‎7．How long did the woman stay in France?‎ A．About three years. B．About three months. ‎ C．About three weeks.‎ 听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。‎ ‎8．What happened to the woman?‎ A．Her car was destroyed. ‎ B．She was nearly killed by a tree. ‎ C．She was injured in an accident.‎ ‎9．What does the man suggest the woman do?‎ A．Go to work tomorrow. ‎ B．Have a rest for a few days. ‎ C．Have a complete examination.‎ 听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。‎ ‎10．Where does the man suggest the woman go? ‎ A．The church. B．The library. ‎ C．The Botanic Gardens.‎ ‎11．Where does the man like to go for shopping?‎ A．The food sections. B．The music sections. ‎ C．The clothes sections.‎ ‎12．When will the two speakers meet?‎ A．During the summer holiday. ‎ B．During the Spring Festival. ‎ C．During the winter holiday.‎ 听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。‎ ‎13．When can the man use the washer and the dryer?‎ A．At 11：30 p．m. B．At 10：30 p．m. ‎ C．At 9：30 p．m.‎ ‎14．What should the man do if he holds parties on weekends?‎ A．Tell the woman the night before. ‎ B．Not make noise after midnight. ‎ C．Not do damage to the flat.‎ ‎15．Which is included in the rent?‎ A．The heating bill. B．The electricity bill. ‎ C．The gas bill.‎ ‎16．What does the woman promise to be in charge of?‎ A．Paying for the electrical equipment. ‎ B．Repairing the furniture. ‎ C．Replacing the old furniture.‎ 听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。‎ ‎17．How many ways does the speaker talk about?‎ A．4. B．5. ‎ C．6.‎ ‎18．How much screen time may be the most suitable?‎ A．Less than 1 hour a day. ‎ B．Less than 2 hours a day. ‎ C．Less than 3 hours a day.‎ ‎19．What does the speaker suggest people drink?‎ A．Hot tea. B．Soft drinks. ‎ C．Lowfat milk.‎ ‎20．What can bring people energy to do more during the whole day?‎ A．Having breakfast. B．Drinking healthily. ‎ C．Eating more fruit.‎ 答案：‎ ‎1～5　ACCBA　6～10　CBCBC　11～15　BACBA ‎16～20　BBBCA 听力材料 Text 1‎ W：These tomatoes are big! You must have watered them a lot.‎ M：Yes, I did. They ought to be ripe enough to pick by next Sunday when we have a picnic.‎ Text 2‎ W：What's the matter with you?‎ M：I have had a headache. I couldn't sleep well last night.‎ W：Oh, take this medicine and have a sleep, and you will feel better soon.‎ Text 3‎ M：Hi, Laura. Could you translate the paper for me? The manager needs it by 4 p．m. But I have to attend a meeting now.‎ W：All right. I'll do it right away.‎ Text 4‎ W：So, how long have you been here?‎ M：Just a few days. In fact I am on a journey. You know I'm visiting all the places of interest here.‎ Text 5‎ W：Well, I thought you were working for a large computer company.‎ M：I did for a few months, but I left there because it wasn't what I liked best.‎ Text 6‎ W：Hello, John!‎ M：Hello, Betty! I haven't seen you for a long time.‎ W：Yes, I was in France for a business study. I stayed there for about three months and came back only yesterday.‎ M：Oh, I see. Did you visit any interesting places there?‎ W：Not many. Every day I had to stay inside all day long. I didn't have much free time to do any sightseeing, so I was only shown the city of Paris.‎ M：That's a pity.‎ W：I'll have many chances to go to France in the future, so I can travel around the country some other time.‎ M：I hope I'll get the chance to go there, too.‎ Text 7‎ M：Well, how do you feel now?‎ W：I am not feeling myself. I've got a cut on my head. And my head aches terribly. I must have knocked it on the windscreen when my car went into the tree.‎ M：Well, you were lucky that you had fastened your safety belt. Otherwise you could have been killed or hurt badly.‎ W：Do I have to stay in hospital for a long time?‎ M：No, I think you'll be well enough to go home. Nothing is serious. The nurse will dress your injury, and then you'd better lie down and rest for half an hour at least. You can take some medicine for the injury.‎ W：Will I be able to go to work tomorrow?‎ M：No. (9)You'd better rest for a few days.‎ Text 8‎ M：Hi Jennifer! This is Phil speaking!‎ W：Phil! How are you? I miss you so much! What's it like in Glasgow?‎ M：Well, sometimes I miss our small town. Anyhow, Glasgow is a great city. The buildings are fantastic!‎ W：Really? Which places have you visited?‎ M：I went to the Botanic Gardens. It was so lovely! When you come, you should go there.‎ W：That sounds nice. I've heard there is a big library. Is that true?‎ M：It's the largest library in Europe.‎ W：How about shopping?‎ M：Well, there are huge department stores in the city center. You can find anything you want. I like the music sections. I can spend hours there. We can go shopping together when you come.‎ W：That's great! I just can't wait for the summer holiday.‎ Text 9‎ W：Well, before signing the agreement, do you have any questions?‎ M：Yes. Is there a washer and a dryer?‎ W：Oh, yes. You can use them anytime before 10 p．m.‎ M：I see. What about the heating bill? Is it included in the rent?‎ W：Yes, but not electricity, water or gas.‎ M：Then when am I supposed to pay?‎ W：Well, at the beginning of each month.‎ M：I wonder if I could hold parties on weekends.‎ W：Certainly, but you should promise to keep quiet after midnight.‎ M：I promise I'll. And you can be sure we won't be too late.‎ W：And before I forget, I should mention that you mustn't make any damage to the flat or the furniture in any way without permission. Now, any other questions?‎ M：What if the furniture and the electrical equipment don't work well?‎ W：I promise to repair or replace anything that can't be repaired. And I can write it down in the agreement.‎ M：Good. When can I move in?‎ W：Anytime.‎ Text 10‎ What's the best way to lose weight? Diet? No. Most people who diet may regain the lost weight when they go back to their old eating habits. When people change their habits to new and healthy behavior, weight loss may be successful. Here are ways to make that happen.‎ ‎ Exercise. Exercise burns calories and builds muscle. Walking the family dog, cycling to school, and doing other things can be helpful.‎ ‎ Reduce screen time. One reason people get less exercise these days is an increase in screen time. Limiting your screen time to less than 2 hours a day may be the most suitable. It can make you eat fewer snacks.‎ Drink healthily. Another reason for weight gain is that more people drink unhealthy drinks that can make them get fat. So choose to drink water or lowfat milk.‎ Eat fruit and vegetables. Fruit and vegetables have fewer calories than many other foods. And when you eat more fruit and vegetables, you won't overeat.‎ Have breakfast. Breakfast brings you energy to do more during the day. People who don't have breakfast often feel so hungry that they eat more later on.‎ 第二部分　阅读理解(共两节，满分40分)‎ 第一节(共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分)‎ 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项，并在该答案上将该项涂黑。‎ A The Outdoor Centre Opening times Water sports：9 am — 5 pm Play Park: 10 am — 4 pm Entrance / Car park fees Low season：Weekdays ￡2.00 per car Weekends ￡3.00 per car High season：23 July — 11 September Weekdays and weekends ￡3.00 per car Oneday adventure (冒险) course This is a chance you have been waiting for, Come and try sailing, climbing and surfing (冲浪), This course is trying to introduce outdoor activities to adults in a fun way. You do not need to be very fit or to have had experience of the activities. All you need is to be interested.‎ Play Park The Play Park is suitable for children from 2 to 10 years of age. It is one of the best of its type in the country. It has sand and water play, large ball pool, play castle (城堡) and much, much more.‎ Group day and weekend courses We also offer day and long weekend courses for groups. We receive regular (定期的) visits from schools and colleges. There are three large rooms with twelve beds in each, which can be booked beforehand for groups of up to 36 people (12 at least)．‎ Summer adventure holiday (for 8～14 years of age)‎ Safety is of great importance at the Outdoor Centre. All our workers are fully trained in first aid (急救), and able to teach the activities on offer. We also make certain that all children only take part in activities that are suitable for their age and physical abilities. For this programme children must be able to swim 25 metres and be in good physical health.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是应用文。文章为某家户外活动机构的宣传页。‎ ‎21．How much should a family driving two cars pay when entering the centre in August?‎ A．￡2.00. B．￡3.00.‎ C．￡4.00. D．￡6.00.‎ 答案与解析：D　细节理解题。由Entrance/Car park fees部分中的High season：23 July11 September Weekdays and weekends ￡3.00 per car可知，八月份属于旺季，收费标准为每辆车3英镑，不分工作日和周末；因此两辆车需交费6英镑。‎ ‎22．Which of the following is suitable for a group of ten children aged 6 to 8?‎ A．Play Park.‎ B．Oneday adventure course.‎ C．Summer adventure holiday.‎ D．Group day and weekend courses.‎ 答案与解析：A　细节理解题。由Play Park部分中的The Play Park is suitable for children from 2 to 10 years of age以及Group day and weekend courses部分中的can be booked beforehand for groups of up to 36 people (12 at least) 可知，6至8岁儿童组成的十人团没有达到团队课程的最低人数要求，因此，他们适合去Play Park游玩。‎ ‎23．People who want to take the summer adventure holiday ________.‎ A．can stay overnight if they want B．should have basic skills in swimming C．should have a knowledge of first aid D．can do any sport they are interested in 答案与解析：B　细节理解题。由Summer adventure holiday部分中的For this programme children must be able to swim 25 metres and be in good physical health可知，参加这个项目的儿童必须有能力游25米，且拥有健康的体魄。‎ B ‎ Sam thought he'd never be able to get a job as a barista (咖啡师). The Toronto teen has autism (自闭症) with a movement disorder, and feared he wouldn't be able to work behind a coffee counter because of the sudden movements he sometimes makes.‎ ‎ But the manager at a local Starbucks believed in him and gave him a chance. Sam is now enjoying his new job thanks to an unexpected way: dance.‎ ‎ In a video posted on YouTube this week by Carly Fleischmann, Sam is seen dancing while preparing Starbucks beverages (饮料). According to Fleischmann, who herself has autism and likes to share her experiences on her social page, the Starbucks manager was the person who encouraged Sam to “turn his movements into dance.”‎ ‎ The store manager, Chris Ali, told CTV News this week that they'd discovered Sam's talent (才能) for dancing while the pair listened to music at work.‎ ‎ “It was something that kind of came along. Sam loves to dance，” he said. “Bringing dance to his work really helped him control some of the movement disabilities he's had.”‎ ‎ Ali added that the dancing has also helped build Sam's selfconfidence (自信心)．‎ ‎ “When he was offered a job to work at Starbucks, Sam told his parents that for the first time... his life had real meaning，” wrote Fleischmann in a Facebook post. “It has taken Sam and Chris a lot of hours to get Sam to do what he is doing in the video... If it wasn't for Chris believing in Sam, he would have never believed in himself. More people like Sam need to be seen and heard.”‎ ‎ Sam, Fleischmann noted, has come to be known as the “dancing barista.” Ali told CTV News that customers love the teen's dancing, and that many visit the store just to see him dance.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是记叙文。文章介绍了星巴克自闭症店员变身跳舞咖啡师。‎ ‎24．Chris Ali found Sam's talent for dancing ________.‎ A．while drinking coffee B．while working with Sam C．from a YouTube video D．from a local newspaper 答案与解析：B　细节理解题。由第四段中的Chris Ali, told CTV News this week that they'd discovered Sam's talent for dancing while the pair listened to music at work可知， Chris Ali是与Sam一起工作听音乐的时候发现了他的舞蹈才能。‎ ‎25．What do we know about Sam before he worked at Starbucks?‎ A．He often talked to himself.‎ B．He always danced to the music.‎ C．He shared dance videos on YouTube.‎ D．He had no confidence in himself.‎ 答案与解析：D　细节理解题。结合第一段中的feared he wouldn't be able to work behind a coffee counter和倒数第二段中的When he was offered a job to work at Starbucks, Sam told his parents that for the first time... his life had real meaning可知，因为患有自闭症又有运动障碍，没有工作之前的Sam没有自信心。‎ ‎26．What can dancing provide Sam with?‎ A．More time with his boss.‎ B．More praise from his parents.‎ C．More control over his movements.‎ D．More chances of getting new jobs.‎ 答案与解析：C　细节理解题。由倒数第四段中的Bringing dance to his work really helped him control some of the movement disabilities he's had可知，舞蹈可以帮助Sam控制他的运动。‎ ‎27．What did Fleischmann think of Sam's dancing while working?‎ A．It was out of style. B．It was unacceptable.‎ C．It was easy to copy. D．It was videoworthy.‎ 答案与解析：D　推理判断题。结合第三段中的In a video posted on YouTube this week by Carly Fleischmann和倒数第二段中的More people like Sam need to be seen and heard 可知， Fleischmann认为Sam边跳舞边工作的视频值得拍摄，因为像Sam一样的人可以被更多的人关注。‎ C ‎ A study of a prehistoric dog that was buried with two people shows that the animal had experienced several bouts (发作) of a possibly deadly illness. The fact it survived them suggests its owners cared for their dog as a pet.‎ ‎ The BonnOberkassel dog was discovered a century ago in Germany. It was buried alongside the remains of a man in his 40s and a woman in her 20s. All are about 14,200 years old.‎ ‎ A common idea is that prehistoric humans trained dogs to put them to work Maybe the first dogs helped with hunting, guarded houses or were used to carry things.‎ ‎ However, Janssens and other researchers at Ghent University in Belgium say there is a possibility that we trained dogs simply because we liked having them as pets.‎ Their study of the dog shows it was in terrible health. Although only about 7 months old when it died, the dog had experienced three periods of serious illness when it was between 19 and 23 weeks old.‎ ‎ “The first bout would have been enough to be deadly to most dogs in the wild，” says Janssens. “Then came two other bouts, and the possibility that the animal would have survived without human help is very, very low.”‎ ‎ The researchers argue that the sick dog would have been unable to do any useful work. In fact, keeping it alive was probably an unpleasant task for its owners.‎ ‎ Its survival suggests that its owners felt friendship, just like a modern dog owner. ‎ ‎“This is the first time we have found evidence to suggest that dogs were treated without expectation of any usefulness，” says Janssens.‎ ‎ Friendship may have helped drive dog training, says Mietje Germonpré at the Royal Belgian Institute of Natural Sciences in Brussels. “Baby wolves could have been kept to provide company，” she says. “This raising of baby wolves as pets could have been a stepping stone on the way to the training of the dog.”‎ ‎ It is important that the dog was buried, says Pat Shipman at Pennsylvania State University. “When you start burying animals, it means a special relationship of some kind.”‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是说明文。研究发现人类最早驯养狗可能是为了将其当作宠物。‎ ‎28．What do we know about the buried prehistoric dog?‎ A．It was raised as a pet.‎ B．It was good at hunting.‎ C．It was kept to guard houses.‎ D．It could communicate well with humans.‎ 答案与解析：A　细节理解题。由第一段中的The fact it survived them suggests its owners cared for their dog as a pet可知答案。‎ ‎29．What did the study of the dog show?‎ A．It died of an injury.‎ B．It was strictly trained.‎ C．It was quite old when it died.‎ D．It possibly received human help.‎ 答案与解析：D　细节理解题。由第六段中的the possibility that the animal would have survived without human help is very, very low可知，研究发现这只狗很可能得到了人类的帮助才幸存下来。‎ ‎30．What did Janssens think of the BonnOberkassel dog's owners?‎ A．Strongminded. B．Hardworking.‎ C．Cheerful. D．Caring.‎ 答案与解析：D　推理判断题。由倒数第三段中的Its survival suggests that its owners felt friendship, just like a modern dog owner可知，狗的主人是很体贴的。‎ ‎31．What did prehistoric humans' burying dogs suggest according to Pat Shipman?‎ A．They had deep feelings for dogs.‎ B．They followed special cultural traditions.‎ C．They placed importance on animal deaths.‎ D．They raised dogs differently from other animals.‎ 答案与解析：A　推理判断题。由最后一段中的When you start burying animals, it means a special relationship of some kind可知，史前人类埋葬狗意味着他们与狗之间存在深厚的感情。‎ D ‎ A new program encouraging children ages 9 to 12 to get interested in computers, math and science starts next week at all 36 libraries of the San Diego Public Library.‎ ‎ Called “Spring into STEAM，” the program will offer workshops in March, April and May. It begins on March 2.‎ ‎ “We know that science education is so important now, and technology is changing so fast，” said Misty Jones, library director. “We see this as a way to bring kids new ideas and help them know more about the world around them.”‎ ‎ STEAM stands for science, technology, engineering, art and math, and there will be workshops in each area. This year's theme (主题) is “Bug Out！” so the science workshop will invite insect (昆虫) experts to explain the survival skills of insects. The engineering workshop will watch bees as builders. For math, the kids will learn spatial geometry (空间几何学) by making 3D paper insects. Kids in other workshops will learn computer coding, create a light using a glass bottle, or build insects using pipe cleaners and LED lights.‎ ‎ Jones said she's also excited about the chance for children to take part in the ‎ International Barcode of Life Project, which is trying to create a digital catalog (电子目录) of different kinds of insects on Earth. Kids in San Diego can ask for free insect collection tools at their local libraries beginning on March 2. Insects they collect can then be sent in for DNA identification (鉴定)．‎ ‎ Jones said it is unusual for every library to start the same program at the same time. “It's something we've been trying to do, and I think it's just the beginning of the chances we will be able to offer.” she said.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是说明文。圣地亚哥公共图书馆发起了一个针对9至12岁儿童的教育项目Spring into STEAM，本文是对该项目举办时间、举办内容等的相关报道。‎ ‎32．What do we know about “Spring into STEAM”？‎ A．It is open to kids of all ages.‎ B．It lasts for at least four months.‎ C．It helps kids learn more about themselves.‎ D．It is held by the San Diego Public Library.‎ 答案与解析：D　推理判断题。由第一段中的A new program... starts next week at all 36 libraries of the San Diego Public Library可知，该项目由圣地亚哥公共图书馆举办。‎ ‎33．What will kids learn from the engineering workshop this year?‎ A．How LED lights work.‎ B．How bees build their home.‎ C．How to make 3D paper bees.‎ D．How to create a light using a glass bottle.‎ 答案与解析：B　细节理解题。由第四段中的The engineering workshop will watch bees as builders可知，参加该小组的孩子将会了解蜜蜂是如何筑巢的。‎ ‎34．What will kids do for the International Barcode of Life Project?‎ A．Collect insects.‎ B．Take DNA tests.‎ C．Create a digital catalog.‎ D．Make insect collection tools.‎ 答案与解析：A　推理判断题。由倒数第二段中的Kids in San Diego can ask for free insect collection tools at their local libraries beginning on March 2. Insects they collect can then be sent in for DNA identification可知，孩子们为该工程收集昆虫。‎ ‎35．What can we infer from what Jones said in the last paragraph?‎ A．The program will continue.‎ B．The program should last much longer.‎ C．The program will have different themes.‎ D．The program should be held by different libraries.‎ 答案与解析：A　推理判断题。由最后一段中的it's just the beginning of the chances we will be able to offer可知，三十六家图书馆同时举办同一个项目并不常见，但Jones说他们一直在努力做，这仅仅只是个开始，也就是说这个项目还会再次举办。‎ 第二节(共5小题，每小题2分，满分10分)‎ 根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。‎ A bird that hums Many birds are known for their special songs or calls. But one type of bird is famous for its hum (嗡嗡声) the hummingbird. In fact, hummingbirds get their name from the humming noise they make. __36__. Instead, the hum comes from the whir (嗡嗡声) of this tiny bird's wings in flight.‎ ‎ __37__. But one type of hummingbird makes a buzzing sound — the bee hummingbird of Cuba. The bee hummingbird gets its name not only from its buzz, but also from its size. This smallest bird in the world is only two inches (‎5 cm) long.‎ ‎ When a young hummingbird first hatches (孵化) from its egg, its body and wings are featherless (无羽毛的). But as soon as its feathers come in, the tiny bird starts to practice ‎ ‎“humming.” __38__， the baby hummingbird can beat its wings fast enough to “whir”， and it's ready to fly.‎ When a grown hummingbird really gets going, it can beat its wings up to 200 times per second and fly forward at about 30 miles per hour. Hummingbirds can also beat their wings both forward and backward as well as up and down. __39__ it is the only type of bird that can hover (盘旋), or stay in one place in the air. While it hovers, a hummingbird's wings beat back and forth up to 70 times per second. __40__， watch its whirring wings and listen closely. Can you hear the hummingbird's hum?‎ A．When its wings beat very fast B．After about a month of practice C．The next time you see a hummingbird D．This ability makes the hummingbird more special E．Most hummingbirds' wings make a humming sound F．You might guess that a hummingbird's hum comes from its voice G．The baby hummingbird flies backward and forward as soon as it has feathers ‎【语篇解读】　本文是说明文。文章介绍了能够以快速拍打翅膀的方式而悬停在空中的鸟——蜂鸟。‎ ‎36．答案与解析：F　由该空前的get their name from the humming noise they make可知，本段介绍了蜂鸟名字的由来。F项中的a hummingbird's hum comes from its voice与该空后的the hum comes from the whir of this tiny bird's wings in flight形成对比。‎ ‎37．答案与解析：E　结合第一段介绍蜂鸟的名字来自于其飞行时发出的嗡嗡声和该空后的one type of hummingbird makes a buzzing sound可知，大多数蜂鸟飞行时翅膀发出嗡嗡声。E项中的Most和该空后的one type形成对比。‎ ‎38．答案与解析：B　B项中的practice与该空前的practice“humming”．相呼应。‎ ‎39．答案与解析：D　D项中的This ability指该空前提到的beat their wings both forward and backward as well as up and down。‎ ‎40．答案与解析：C　由该空后的watch its whirring wings and listen closely和Can you hear the hummingbird's hum可知，此处作者建议读者如果能遇见蜂鸟，一定要仔细观察它的翅膀，听一听它发出的嗡嗡声。‎ 第三部分　语言知识运用(共两节，满分45分)‎ 第一节(共20小题；每题1.5分，满分30分)‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ Five years ago, my boss was holding a charity (慈善) dinner. The call went out for volunteers and I __41__ the chance to work with a dishwasher. My wife was __42__ our first child and I wouldn't have much time volunteering in the future.‎ It was fun working with a dishwasher and I __43__ being alone as the other workers wanted no part of dish washing. As dinner was being served to the guests, a group of workers came to __44__ others in the kitchen. There was something __45__ about them: they were all short in height. They worked as a team, __46__ had trouble following the kitchen instructions so I was asked by a worried organizer if they could __47__ with me. I said, sure, I'd __48__ the company. The organizer got __49__ as I showed them how to put the dishes on the dishwasher and run the machine.‎ The organizer seemed to __50__ that his team was out of place. He tried to get one woman and a man back towards the tasks at hand and to __51__ their arguments (争吵). To break the tension (紧张状态), he would tell __52__. He had warmhearted presence. To him working beside the large noisy dishwasher seemed to be a __53__ thing.‎ After working for three hours, the dishes were cleared away, and we __54__ the machine. The organizer walked over to me and __55__ me for letting them help me out. His smile was huge. It left me feeling optimistic (乐观的)．‎ I __56__ that optimism. The delivery (分娩) of my daughter was a(n) __57__ experience and I almost lost both my wife and daughter. I had a __58__ time, but sometimes I would think of the happy dishwasher man and I would feel a sense of __59__. Finally both my wife and ‎ daughter were nursed back to health. No matter who you are or where you are in life, please choose optimism — it can make a __60__.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是记叙文。作者的老板举行慈善晚宴，作为志愿者，作者在厨房帮忙洗碗。在那里他遇到了同样参加志愿工作的一群人，与他们一起工作的经历让作者意识到人要乐观地面对生活。‎ ‎41．A.offered B．took C．missed D．created 答案与解析：B　由下文中的I wouldn't have much time volunteering in the future可知，作者“抓住(took)”这次参加志愿工作的机会。‎ ‎42．A.playing with B．looking after C．teaching D．expecting 答案与解析：D　由下文中的The delivery of my daughter可知，此处表示作者的妻子当时正怀着孕，故填expecting。be expecting a baby/child怀孕。‎ ‎43．A.enjoyed B．minded C．avoided D．began 答案与解析：A　由本句中的It was fun working with a dishwasher和as the other workers wanted no part of dish washing可知， “我”“喜欢(enjoyed)”一个人待着。‎ ‎44．A.ask B．meet C．help D．watch 答案与解析：C　由下文中的They worked as a team以及I showed them how to put the dishes on the dishwasher and run the machine可知，他们来厨房“帮忙(help)”。‎ ‎45．A.special B．important C．funny D．simple 答案与解析：A　由本句中的they were all short in height可知，他们有些“特别(special)”。‎ ‎46．A.before B．or C．but D．so 答案与解析：C　They worked as a team与had trouble following the kitchen instructions之间是转折关系，故填but。‎ ‎47．A.work B．go C．agree D．talk 答案与解析：A　由下文中的the company以及I showed them how to put the dishes on the dishwasher and run the machine可知，那个组织者问“我”能否让他们和“我”一起“工作(work)”。‎ ‎48．A.find B．need C．provide D．welcome 答案与解析：D　由本句中的sure可知，“我”乐意和他们一起工作， welcome符合语境。‎ ‎49．A.surprised B．relaxed C．bored D．worried 答案与解析：B　由上文中的worried以及本句中的I showed them how to put the dishes on the dishwasher and run the machine可知，那位组织者起初很着急。当“我”教他们如何往洗碗机架子上放盘子、如何操作洗碗机时，他松了口气， relaxed符合语境。‎ ‎50．A.notice B．imagine C．hope D．remember 答案：A ‎51．A.support B．end C．start D．win 答案与解析：B　由文中的He tried to get one woman and a man back towards the tasks at hand可知，那位组织者似乎“注意到(notice)”他的团队言行不太得体。他试图将他们的注意力转移到手头的工作上，“终止(end)”他们之间的争吵。out of place不适当的。‎ ‎52．A.instructions B．secrets C．jokes D．lies 答案：C ‎53．A.strange B．happy C．sad D．possible 答案与解析：B　由To break the tension以及He had warmhearted presence可知，为了缓解紧张的气氛，他讲了一些“笑话(jokes)”，对他来说，在庞大嘈杂的洗碗机边上工作，似乎是一件“快乐的(happy)”事。‎ ‎54．A.put down B．turned down C．shut down D．cut down 答案与解析：C　由After working for three hours, the dishes were cleared away可知，此处指我们“关掉(shut down)”洗碗机。‎ ‎55．A.comforted B．prepared C．caught D．thanked 答案与解析：D　由上文中的I was asked by a worried organizer if they could... I showed them how to put the dishes on the dishwasher and run the machine以及本句中的for letting them help me out可知，那位组织者走过来，向“我”表示“感谢 (thanked)”。‎ ‎56．A.needed B．invited C．expressed D．shared 答案与解析：A　由下文中的The delivery of my daughter was... experience and I almost lost both my wife and daughter... time可知，“我”“需要(needed)”那种乐观的精神。‎ ‎57．A.new B．similar C．awful D．interesting 答案：C ‎58．A.hard B．good C．great D．busy 答案与解析：A　由I almost lost both my wife and daughter可知，“我”女儿的出生是一次“可怕的 (awful)”经历，“我”差点失去妻子和女儿，对“我”来说，那段时间很“艰难(hard)”。‎ ‎59．A.pride B．achievement C．excitement D．peace 答案与解析：D　由but以及上文中的He had warmhearted presence和His smile was huge. It left me feeling optimistic可知，有时候“我”会想起那个洗碗工，然后“我”的内心就会很“平和(peace)”。‎ ‎60．A.decision B．difference C．rule D．living 答案与解析：B　由上文可知，那位洗碗工让作者学会了乐观地面对生活，故此处表示不管你是谁，不管在生活中遇到了什么，一定要乐观，因为保持乐观很重要，故填difference。make a difference有影响，起重要作用。‎ 第二节(共10小题，每小题1.5分，满分15分)‎ 阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。‎ ‎ The lion dance is one of the most famous Chinese cultural traditions. While it 61.________ (hold) during festivals, you can hear the music from a lion dance coming through the air. You also can see the lion dance when a new company is opened or an activity is organized. The dance is believed 62.________ (bring) good luck and wealth and drive away bad fortune. ‎ ‎ The dance begins with the lion waking style, where the 63.________ (eye) of the lion are opened. Lettuce and celery (芹菜) are hung up on the doorway of the new company. The Chinese sounds for these words are similar 64.________ the sounds for making money and working hard. Lucky money is tied to the lettuce as part of the pay for the lion dance performers. 65.________ (profession) lion dance companies offer this service and there 66.________ (be) different prices for different levels. Most dances will include at least two lions and a drummer. Each lion includes two people, who use 67.________ (they) feet to copy the lion feet's ‎ movements. Famous Chinese lion dancing bands 68.________ (true) own wonderful flexibility (灵活性) and skill, 69.________ take years of practice to improve. While 70.________ (stay)in China, keep your ears open for drums so that you can head over to take in the show for yourselves.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　舞狮是中国的一种传统艺术形式。本文主要介绍了舞狮的习俗及其蕴含的文化意义。‎ ‎61．答案与解析：is held　考查动词的时态和语态。分析句子结构可知，主语是it，指代上文提到的“舞狮”，与hold之间是动宾关系，应用被动语态，且此处表示客观情况，应用一般现在时，故填is held。‎ ‎62．答案与解析：to bring　考查非谓语动词。be believed to do...“被认为是……”，是固定句式，故填to bring。‎ ‎63．答案与解析：eyes　考查名词复数。根据空后的“are”可知，此处应用名词复数形式，故填eyes。‎ ‎64．答案与解析：to　考查介词。be similar to...“与……相似”，是固定短语，故填to。‎ ‎65．答案与解析：Professional　考查词形转换。分析句子结构可知，空处修饰名词，应用形容词，故填Professional。professional意为“专业的”。‎ ‎66．答案与解析：are　考查时态和主谓一致。此处为there be句型，本句中be动词后的名词是复数形式，且此处陈述客观事实，应用一般现在时，故填are。‎ ‎67．答案与解析：their　考查代词。分析句子结构可知，空处修饰名词feet，应用形容词性物主代词，故填their。‎ ‎68．答案与解析：truly　考查副词。分析句子结构可知，空处修饰动词own，应用副词，故填truly。‎ ‎69．答案与解析：which　考查定语从句。分析句子结构可知，先行词指物，空处引导非限制性定语从句，且在从句中作主语，应用关系代词which。‎ ‎70．答案与解析：staying　考查非谓语动词。分析句子结构可知，主句为祈使句，省略了主语you，且you和stay之间是逻辑上的主谓关系，故用动词ing形式作状语。‎ 第四部分　写作 (共两节，满分35分)‎ 第一节　短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)‎ 假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。‎ 增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。‎ 删除：把多余的词用斜线()划掉。‎ 修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；‎ ‎2．只允许修改10处，多者(从第11处起)不计分。‎ Everyone has his and her own hobby. My hobby is collecting coins of difference nations. I collect coins because I consider it as works of art. I also like the process (过程) of collecting. A long period of time are needed in collecting the whole set of coins of one nation. Sometimes it is very difficult of me to find the very coin I want it. Sometimes I get a coin but I didn't know which nation it comes, so I must look around for books or ask some friends. Every coin can tell me the story. I have got a great deal of knowledges about the history and culture of some nations through these coins.‎ 答案：‎ Everyone has his an her own hobby. My hobby is collecting coins of differenc nations. I collect coins because I consider i as works of art. I also like the process (过程) of collecting. A long period of time ar needed in collecting the whole set of coins of one nation. Sometimes it is very difficult o me to find the very coin I want it. Sometimes I get a coin but I didn'‎ know which nation it comes , so I must look around for books or ask some friends. Every coin can tell me th story. I have got a great deal of knowledge about the history and culture of some nations through these coins.‎ 第二节　书面表达(满分25分)‎ 假定你是李华，留学生Jack曾是你校乐队成员之一。他现已回国，发来邮件向你询问乐队的情况。请你用英语给他回一封邮件，内容包括：‎ ‎1．介绍乐队近期的活动情况；‎ ‎2．请他推荐几首英文新歌。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1．词数100左右；‎ ‎2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ 参考范文： ‎ Dear Jack，‎ I'm very glad to receive your email. I'm writing to tell you something about our band.‎ Last month, we gave a performance at our school's Festival of Music and the Arts. It was a success. So our band is becoming increasingly popular among our schoolmates. Also we visited Xinhua Nursing Home last Sunday afternoon, giving a wonderful performance to the elderly people. To our delight, they enjoyed our songs very much. Our band practices once or twice a week. These days we are practicing “Try Everything”. We need more new English songs. Would you please suggest some to us?‎ I'm looking forward to your reply.‎ Yours，‎ Li Hua ‎学业质量测评卷(三)‎ 第一部分　听力(共两节，满分30分)‎ 第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)‎ 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。‎ ‎1．Where are the two speakers?‎ A．In the library. B．In the classroom. ‎ C．In the dining hall.‎ ‎2．How much does the man have to pay for the dictionary?‎ A．$10. B．$19. ‎ C．$25.‎ ‎3．Who is probably Mr.Thompson? ‎ A．Ellen's father. B．Ellen's friend. ‎ C．Ellen's boss.‎ ‎4．Why does the woman make the call?‎ A．To ask how to save a file. ‎ B．To have her computer repaired. ‎ C．To ask for a phone number.‎ ‎5．What does the woman want to do?‎ A．Buy a car. B．Buy a magazine. ‎ C．Live near the school.‎ 第二节(共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)‎ 听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。‎ 听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。‎ ‎6．When will the plane take off?‎ A．At 7：55. B．At 8：45. ‎ C．At 8：50.‎ ‎7．How will the two speakers go to the airport?‎ A．By bus. B．By taxi. ‎ C．By bike.‎ 听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。‎ ‎8．What happened to schools in England in the 1970s?‎ A．Many schools became singlesex.‎ B．Many schools made strict rules.‎ C．Many schools became mixed school.‎ ‎9．In which part do girls do better than boys?‎ A．Tests. ‎ B．Behavior in the classroom.‎ C．Afterschool activities.‎ 听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。‎ ‎10．What has happened to the woman's car?‎ A．It's being repaired. B．It has run out of fuel.‎ C．It has been lent to her brother.‎ ‎11．How long does it usually take the woman to ride to work?‎ A．18 minutes. B．20 minutes. ‎ C．28 minutes.‎ ‎12．What did the woman do to keep awake in the morning in the past?‎ A．She took exercise. B．She drank hot tea.‎ C．She breathed fresh air.‎ 听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。‎ ‎13．What is the relationship between the woman and the man?‎ A．Workmates. B．Friends.‎ C．Salesgirl and customer.‎ ‎14．Who does the man buy the flowers for?‎ A．The woman. B．His teacher.‎ C．His students.‎ ‎15．How much do the flowers cost?‎ A．64 yuan. B．32 yuan. ‎ C．22 yuan.‎ ‎16．Which is the phone number of the man? ‎ A．18790108399. B．18901078399.‎ C．18907108399.‎ 听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。‎ ‎17．What is the speaker?‎ A．A teacher. B．A zoo keeper. ‎ C．A tour guide.‎ ‎18．When will students hand in their homework?‎ A．On Wednesday. B．On Thursday. ‎ C．On Friday.‎ ‎19．When will the special tour start?‎ A．At 9：‎00 a．m. B．At 11：‎00 a．m.‎ C．At 12：30 p．m.‎ ‎20．Where will the students be taken to first?‎ A．The entrance. B．The insect house.‎ C．The zoo's information centre.‎ 答案：‎ ‎1～5　ACCBA　6～10　BBCAC　11～15　CBCBA ‎16～20　BABCC 听力材料 Text 1‎ W：Where were you just now? I didn't see you in the dining hall.‎ M：I just came to the library directly from the classroom.‎ Text 2‎ M：The dictionary costs 25 dollars, but I only have 19 dollars.‎ W：I've got 10 dollars I can lend you the rest.‎ Text 3‎ W：Hello. Mr. Thompson. I am sorry that I can't go to work today because my daughter has a high fever. I must be with her at home.‎ M：Don't worry, Ellen. You can have a day off.‎ Text 4‎ W：There is something wrong with my computer. When I was trying to save the file, the computer broke down. Can you repair it?‎ M：I am sorry. You have called the wrong number.‎ Text 5‎ M：Where do you live now?‎ W：I live near the school. But I want to buy a car, which looks like this one on the cover of the magazine.‎ Text 6‎ M：Hurry up, Antonia. It is five to eight now.‎ W：Don't worry. There are still fifty minutes left.‎ M：But it will take us forty minutes to go to the airport by bus.‎ W：How about taking a taxi? It will only take us fifteen minutes.‎ M：Hmm. Have you got the tickets with you?‎ W：Yeah. Let's go.‎ Text 7‎ M：In England today are schools mixed or singlesex?‎ W：Well, there are both. Fifty years ago all schools used to be singlesex. I mean boys only or girls only. Then in the 1970s many schools changed and became mixed.‎ M：Do parents still prefer mixed schools?‎ W：No, things have changed. Today many parents, especially parents of girls, think that their children get a better education in singlesex schools.‎ M：Why do girls do better in singlesex schools?‎ W：Because girls learn to be more selfconfident and less worried about their appearance.‎ M：What about boys?‎ W：Well, today many parents of boys want to send them to mixed schools. They think that the girls will be a positive influence on boys.‎ M：So generally speaking who does better in mixed schools?‎ W：Oh, the girls. They get better exam results than boys.‎ Text 8‎ M：Mary, I haven't seen you drive your car to work for several days. Is it being repaired?‎ W：No. I have decided to come to work by bike, so I lent it to my brother.‎ M：But why? Do you want to save fuel?‎ W：Not really. My doctor suggested I should do more exercise.‎ M：But I think it will take you at least 20 minutes to ride from your home.‎ W：Usually it takes me 28 minutes. Once I tried my best to ride fast, it took only 18 minutes.‎ M：Do you feel tired after you get to the workplace?‎ W：No. Actually I am more energetic than before. In the past, I didn't sleep well and needed to drink hot milk before I went to bed. Now I don't have to do so.‎ M：Really?‎ W：Yes. And I don't have to drink hot tea to keep myself awake in the morning any more. I think that's because I can breathe fresh air along the way.‎ Text 9‎ W：Hello, Happiness Flowers.‎ M：Hello, I'd like to order some flowers.‎ W：OK. What kind of flowers do you have in mind?‎ M：I don't know for sure. We want to celebrate our teacher's birthday. She is very friendly to us and we all like her. What flowers do you think will be suitable?‎ W：What about some little sunflowers? They stand for admiring feelings.‎ M：OK. But how many should we get?‎ W：It depends. How many students are there in your class?‎ M：There are 32 students.‎ W：Then how about 32?‎ M：OK. How much will they cost?‎ W：The price for each flower is two yuan.‎ M：Can I pay you in cash when you send them to our school?‎ W：All right. What is your address?‎ M：The address is Class 7, Grade 3, Hongxing High School. My phone number is 18901078399.‎ Text 10‎ ‎ Before our trip to Westpark Zoo, I'd like you to write homework about a wild animal. Our trip is on Thursday, so I would like the homework on Wednesday. The trip is nine pounds and if you haven't paid already, you must bring your money to school tomorrow. If you want to bring some money to spend, you can, but not more than five pounds. We will get to the zoo at about eleven o'clock. Later on, we're going on a special tour with a zoo guide so everyone needs to be at the entrance at twelve thirty to start our trip. The guide will then take us to the zoo's information centre before taking us to the insect house. Now, remember you mustn't feed the zoo animals but of course you can watch staff giving them something to eat. The lions get their food at three o'clock and the elephants are given theirs at four. There's a zoo shop. You can buy postcards and toys there if you want. There's also a café where you can get some sandwiches.‎ 第二部分　阅读理解(共2节，满分40分)‎ 第一节(共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分)‎ 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项，并在该答案上将该项涂黑。‎ A ‎ Listen carefully. Don't answer too quickly. At least, don't say “yes” too soon. A friend might ask, “Want to take a hike？” You should say, “Where？” If he replies “The entire Appalachian Trail (阿巴拉契亚国家步道)”， take warning. Here's why.‎ ‎ The trail is the longest marked footpath in the world. It starts at Springer Mountain, Georgia. It winds (蜿蜒) along the top of the mountains. It goes through 14 states. It ends at Mt. Katahdin, Maine. As the crow flies, this is about 2,200 miles. But when walked, the trail is 2,600 miles. If you walk nonstop, it takes about six months to walk through the trail.‎ ‎ Most hikers begin from Springer Mountain. They start around April 1. This is why. The snow has probably melted in the south. But there may still be snow in the north. By the time they reach Maine, the snow will have been long gone. What's the chance of making it nonstop? Here is the data. About 1,500 people try it each year. About 300 people make it. It is a great challenge.‎ ‎ Careful planning is necessary. There are problems to solve. The biggest one is weight on one's back. Too many hikers start out with too much. Wise ones don't carry food. They send packages to post offices along the way. There are no campfires allowed. Some shelters are near the path. But the trail is crowded. It is hard to find space. A perfect tent is necessary. And it rains a lot. Great rain gear (雨具) is needed. It should be light.‎ ‎ Benton MacKaye founded the trail. The first section of the trail was opened in 1923. It is cared for by volunteers in each state. Do you plan to go? Read lots of books by people who've done it.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　喜欢徒步旅行吗？一起来看看世界上最长的徒步旅行步道之一——阿巴拉契亚国家步道。‎ ‎21．What is the example of the crow in Paragraph 2 used to show?‎ A．The trail's view. B．The trail's height.‎ C．The trail's danger. D．The trail's distance.‎ 答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据第二段内容可知，阿巴拉契亚国家步道穿越了美国14个州，作者提到“乌鸦直线飞行的距离约为2 200英里”，目的在于强调其距离很长。‎ ‎22．What does the author advise hikers to do?‎ A．Carry enough water and food.‎ B．Bring enough maps and equipment.‎ C．Wear heavy and warm clothing.‎ D．Send packages along the way ahead of time.‎ 答案与解析：D　细节理解题。根据倒数第二段中的“Wise ones don't carry food. They send packages to post offices along the way”可知，作者建议把行李寄到沿途的邮局。故选D项。‎ ‎23．What is the best title for the text?‎ A．Advice on hiking.‎ B．Dangers of hiking.‎ C．Go hiking on the Appalachian Trail.‎ D．Introduction of great mountains.‎ 答案与解析：C　主旨大意题。本文主要介绍去阿巴拉契亚国家步道徒步旅行的一些情况。故选C项。‎ B ‎ School of Rock, a musical, is based on the 2003 American comedy film of the same name. The central message of the musical is about the power of music.‎ ‎ School of Rock tells the story of Dewey Finn. Dewey, played by Alex Brightman, is a rock singer and guitarist. His musical career (生涯) hits_a_dead_end when he is kicked out of his band. Then he impersonates (假冒) his roommate to get a job as a teacher at a school. While in the classroom, he sees the musical talent in his students and inspires them to form a rock band.‎ ‎“Music gave me power as I was a young kid，” said Alex. “It helped me think creatively. Music and the arts inspire kids to think differently.” Twelveyearold Brandon Niederauer, who plays Zack, the band's lead guitarist, agrees. “No matter what language you speak，” he says, “everybody knows music.”‎ ‎ All of the actors play their own instruments during the performance. “If you say that you can do it, and you work hard enough, then you can do it，” says Evie Dolan, 11, who learned to play the bass guitar for the role of Katie. “I love that moment when the audience see the children pick up their instruments for the first time and really play, and find rock music for the first time，” says the musical's director, Laurence Connor.‎ ‎ Tenyearold Bobbi Mackenzie, who plays Tomika, says that the experience of expressing herself through music is very wonderful. When asked what advice she has for kids who want to be musicians, she said, “If it's really what you want to do, go for it. Work as hard as you can.”‎ ‎【语篇解读】　文章介绍了School of Rock这部音乐剧的主要人物和演员以及他们对音乐的看法。‎ ‎24．What does the underlined part “hits a dead end” in Paragraph 2 mean?‎ A．Gets started. B．Goes further.‎ C．Makes a small change. D．Seems to be over.‎ 答案与解析：D　词义猜测题。根据下文中的“when he is kicked out of his band”可知，他被踢出乐队，因此他的音乐生涯陷入了僵局，似乎结束了。‎ ‎25．What does Alex Brightman think of music?‎ A．It makes people feel better. ‎ B．It gives people creativity.‎ C．It brings people together. ‎ D．It helps people to sleep.‎ 答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据第三段中的“It helped me think creatively. Music and the arts inspire kids to think differently”可知， Alex Brightman认为音乐给予人们创造力。‎ ‎26．Which of the following is a character of the musical?‎ A．Dewey. B．Brandon.‎ C．Bobbi. D．Erie.‎ 答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据第二段中的“School of Rock tells the story of Dewey Finn”可知， Dewey是School of Rock的人物之一。‎ ‎27．What's Bobbi's advice for kids who want to be musicians?‎ A．To attend a famous music school.‎ B．To watch the musical several times.‎ C．To join as many bands as possible.‎ D．To do their best to realize their dreams.‎ 答案与解析：D　细节理解题。根据最后一段中的“go for it. Work as hard as you can”可知，她的建议是尽最大的努力工作。故D项符合语境。‎ C ‎ Kids in primary schools in Bellaire, Ohio, have something to sing about. For the past eight years, public primary schools in that town didn't offer music classes. They didn't have the money to pay for them. But the school district got some support to bring back music this school year.‎ ‎ Many school officials across the country say music classes get students excited about going to school. And studies have shown that music classes may boost brainpower. For example, researchers from the University of Southern California recently released (发布) the results of a fiveyear study. They found that the brains of 10 and 11yearolds who learned to play a musical instrument developed faster than the brains of kids who didn't.‎ ‎ Though most people aren't against teaching music in schools, not everyone says it's necessary. ‎ Many school officials argue (争论) that learning music means less time spent on math, writing, and science, all of which may be more useful to students later in life.‎ ‎ Here's what two of our readers think.‎ ‎ Music should be taught in school for the simple reason that it makes learning more fun. We have music classes at my school, and I love them!‎ ‎ Taking music lessons can also build character (品质). In 2015, a research company called Grunwald Associates did a survey on music education. More than 60 percent of parents whose kids took music classes in school said their child became more focused.‎ ‎—Noah Falcon, New Jersey ‎ At my school, we don't have music classes. I think that's OK because it gives us more time to focus on main subjects, like reading and math. It's more important to learn these subjects than it is to learn how to play an instrument or sing.‎ ‎ If someone wanted to take music lessons, he or she could do it outside of school. I took a mariachi (墨西哥街头乐队音乐) class after school, so it didn't take time away from my other classes.‎ ‎—Sophia Salazar, California ‎【语篇解读】　本文是议论文。文章探讨了儿童是否应该在学校上音乐课。‎ ‎28．What change has happened in primary schools in Bellaire this year?‎ A．Music classes are offered.‎ B．The school year is shortened.‎ C．Singing is allowed in schools.‎ D．Kids can get prizes if they learn music.‎ 答案与解析：A　细节理解题。由第一段中的For the past eight years, public primary schools in that town didn't offer music classes和But the school district got some support to bring back music this school year的对比可知，该地区的小学今年开设了音乐课。‎ ‎29．What does the underlined word “boost” in Paragraph 2 probably mean?‎ A．Create. B．Prevent.‎ C．Increase. D．Discover.‎ 答案与解析：C　词义猜测题。由第二段中介绍的研究结果the brains of 10 and 11yearolds who learned to play a musical instrument developed faster than the brains of kids who didn't可知，音乐课可以促进脑力的开发。‎ ‎30．What does Noah Falcon think of music education?‎ A．It is unnecessary. B．It is very important.‎ C．It is a waste of money. D．It is easy to continue.‎ 答案与解析：B　推理判断题。由Noah Falcon表达的观点it makes learning more fun和Taking music lessons can also build character可知，他认为音乐教育很重要。‎ ‎31．What can we learn about Sophia Salazar?‎ A．She didn't like music at all.‎ B．Music brings her more fun.‎ C．Music helps her keep focused.‎ D．She took a music class after school 答案与解析：D　细节理解题。由Sophia Salazar自述的I took a mariachi class after school 可知答案。‎ D ‎ Smokers who give up smoking and live on a diet high in tomatoes and fruits, especially apples, have better chances of repairing their lung function (功能) harmed by smoking, a new study finds. The study, published in the December issue of the European Respiratory Journal, said former smokers who ate more tomatoes and fresh fruits regularly saw a slower natural drop in lung function over a 10year period.‎ ‎ According to the study, conducted by the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health, adults who on average ate more than two tomatoes or more than three portions (一份) of fresh fruits and vegetables a day had a slower drop in lung function, compared to those who ate less than one tomato or less than one portion of fruits every day.‎ ‎ Lung function starts to drop at around age 30 and poor lung function is related to higher risks of death from all diseases, including heart disease and lung cancer. “A diet rich in fruits can slow down the lung's natural aging process even if you have never smoked，” said Vanessa GarciaLarsen, the study's lead author, who is also an assistant professor in the Bloomberg School's Department of International Health. GarciaLarsen and her team examined diets and lung function of more than 650 adults from Germany, Norway and Britain in 2002 and performed lung function tests on the same group of participants 10 years later. The researchers found a more eyecatching dietlungfunction among former smokers, who had a slower drop over the 10year period because their diets were highly rich in tomatoes and fruits.‎ ‎ Such a result suggests that the nutrients (营养物) in their diets are good for repairing the harm to the lung done by smoking.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是一篇说明文。本文介绍了发表在《欧洲呼吸杂志》上的研究结果，吸烟者戒烟之后和不吸烟的人经常吃西红柿和新鲜水果，肺功能的自然下降速度变慢。‎ ‎32．What's the effect of tomatoes and fruits on smokers ?‎ A．They help smokers repair their lung function.‎ B．They slow down the aging process little by little.‎ C．They greatly reduce the risk of serious lung disease.‎ D．They make smokers less worried about their health.‎ 答案与解析：A　细节理解题。根据最后一段“Such a result suggests that the nutrients (营养物) in their diets are good for repairing the harm to the lung done by smoking”可知，西红柿和水果可以帮助吸烟者修复肺功能。‎ ‎33．Why were lung function tests performed on the same group of participants 10 years later?‎ A．To examine if the participants develop the disease.‎ B．To make the readers believe the result of the study.‎ C．To see clear signs of a quick drop in lung function.‎ D．To see changes in lung function in the same person.‎ 答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据第三段中的“GarciaLarsen and her team examined diets and lung function of more than 650 adults from Germany, Norway and Britain in 2002 and performed lung function tests on the same group of participants 10 years later”可推知，研究小组在10年后对同一组参与人员进行了肺功能测试是为了查看同一个人的肺功能变化情况。‎ ‎34．What risk is a 35yearold man of poor lung function likely to have?‎ A．The quickening of the lung's aging process.‎ B．His heavy dependence on smoking cigarettes.‎ C．Being in danger of dying from serious disease.‎ D．The faster natural drop in lung function.‎ 答案与解析：C　推理判断题。根据第三段中“Lung function starts to drop at around age 30... higher risks of death from all diseases”可知，肺功能在30岁左右开始下降，肺功能不良与高风险的死亡有关。因此，一个35岁肺功能较差的人可能死于严重的疾病。‎ ‎35．What's the main purpose of the text?‎ A．To describe some research work.‎ B．To tell people the result of a study.‎ C．To introduce two kinds of fruits.‎ D．To explain the effect of smoking on people.‎ 答案与解析：B　推理判断题。根据本文内容可知，本文向读者介绍发表在《欧洲呼吸杂志》上的研究结果，吸烟者戒烟之后和不吸烟的人经常吃西红柿和新鲜水果，肺功能的自然下降速度变慢。本文是告知读者一项研究结果。‎ 第二节(共5小题，每小题2分，满分10分)‎ 根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。‎ ‎ Florida fifth grader Tyler Carach says he's sick of doughnuts (甜甜圈), but for good reason: The 10yearold has sent more than 65,000 of them to police officers in 31 states — in less than two years.‎ ‎ “Yet, he still eats them，” jokes his mom, Sheena Carach, who accompanies (陪伴) Tyler on his road trips.‎ ‎ __36__， while at a local store, when he saw four officers and asked if he could use his pocket money to buy them some doughnuts. They were so thankful for what he did, which gave Tyler the idea to thank every police officer in America.‎ ‎ __37__.‎ ‎ When TODAY Food reached Tyler and Sheena today, they were in Kentucky, heading to Missouri, and had been up since ‎4 a．m. sending their doughnuts.‎ ‎ Since last week's National Donut Day, he's surpassed (超过) the 65,000 doughnut mark and just visited his 31st state.‎ ‎ Wearing a colorful cape, Tyler shows up to the police stations with boxes of doughnuts under each arm. His mom calls ahead to ask for permission (许可). “__38__，” she says. ‎ ‎ He looks at the map, picks an area he hasn't been to yet, and it's on to the next place.‎ ‎ And so far, he's enjoyed all 31 states he's set foot in.‎ ‎ “__39__，” Tyler told TODAY Food.‎ ‎ For now, the family has no plans to stop. Besides his own family's support, he also receives donations (捐赠物) from friends, relatives and other supporters.‎ ‎“We're busy, busy, busy, but it's amazing，” Sheena said. “__40__”．‎ A．They always say yes B．Tyler got the idea two summers ago C．I don't have a favorite — I like them all D．Unfortunately, they politely refuse our invitation E．He had a great idea and we've been able to keep it going F．His mother explained that some people were not very kind to police G．Now, he uses every school break and nearly his whole summer vacation to do that ‎【语篇解读】　本文是记叙文。文章介绍了住在佛罗里达州的阳光小男孩Tyler Carach为感恩全美警察挨个给他们送甜甜圈。‎ ‎36．答案与解析：B　由该空后的They were so thankful... gave Tyler the idea to thank every police officer in America可知，本段介绍了Tyler是如何产生要给全美警察送甜甜圈这一想法的。‎ ‎37．答案与解析：G　由上文介绍Tyler给全美警察送甜甜圈的缘由和下文介绍他不会停止做这件事可知，G项中的he uses every school break and nearly his whole summer vacation to do that是对他如今一直坚持在做这件事的介绍。‎ ‎38．答案与解析：A　A项中的say yes是对该空前的ask for permission的回答， Tyler能送出那么多的甜甜圈是因为得到了警察的同意。‎ ‎39．答案与解析：C　C项中的I like them all与该空前的he's enjoyed all 31 states he's set foot in相呼应。‎ ‎40．答案与解析：E　E项中的we've been able to keep it going与该空前的the family has no plans to stop相呼应。‎ 第三部分　语言知识运用(共两节，满分45分)‎ 第一节(共20小题；每题1.5分，满分30分)‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ ‎ I enjoy photographing everything in nature, especially wild horses. I first __41__ Alberta's wild horses 20 years ago. Ever since, I had wanted to see and __42__ them. A friend of mine, who loves wild animals, got to know my __43__ and last year, I was __44__ enough to be invited to see the wild horses in the Williams Creek area of Alberta with him. It was an amazing __45__.‎ ‎ On our first visit we __46__ more than 100 horses. Since then, we have been back to the same area three more times. ‎ ‎ One time, while taking photos of a herd (群) of around 30 horses, I didn't __47__ that not 20 feet away, a young horse was sleeping behind a tree. Suddenly, he __48__， jumped up and just stood there __49__ me to take photos of him. As I was photographing him, the herd stud (种马) noticed how __50__ the little horse was to me and came running over, snaking his neck with his ears back, as if warning the young horse, “__51__， get away！” The young horse didn't seem to understand what he was being told and didn't __52__， until his mom came over to __53__ him. I didn't feel unsafe at all by the horse being close to me and __54__ taking photos. ‎ ‎ Another time, I __55__ to take photos of a young horse running and jumping for the joy (欢乐) of it. He was having __56__ all by himself while the rest of his herd ate grass peacefully — it made me feel __57__.‎ ‎ Having been out with the wild animals several times now, I hope to __58__ again — as often as possible! They give me complete peace of mind. I'm __59__ for having the chance to spend time with them. These horses are born wild and __60__， and should always remain so.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是记叙文。作者喜欢摄影，尤其喜欢拍摄野马。多次拍摄野马的经历不仅让作者了解了野马的天性，而且意识到野马应该自由自在地生活在大自然中。‎ ‎41．A.followed B．found C．heard about D．worried about 答案与解析：C　由下文中的l had wanted to see... them以及be invited to see the wild horses in the Williams Creek area of Alberta with him可知，20年前“我”第一次“听说 (heard about)”(加拿大)阿尔伯塔省的野马。‎ ‎42．A.help B．photograph C．own D．train 答案与解析：B　由上文中的l enjoy photographing everything in nature, especially wild horses以及下文中的while taking photos of a herd of around 30 horses可知，从那以后，“我”一直想去看看阿尔伯塔省的野马并给他们“拍照(photograph)”。‎ ‎43．A.wish B．promise C．suggestion D．problem 答案与解析：A　设空处指作者想去看阿尔伯塔省的野马并给他们拍照的心愿， wish符合语境。‎ ‎44．A.old B. careful ‎ C．patient D．lucky 答案：D ‎45．A.relationship B．experience C．opinion D．lesson 答案与解析：B　由上文中的I had wanted to see... them以及下文中的On our first visit可知，非常“幸运(lucky)”，朋友请“我”和他一起去看阿尔伯塔省的野马。那是一次奇妙的“经历(experience)”。‎ ‎46．A.raised B．led ‎ C．protected D．saw 答案与解析：D　由上文中的to see以及本句中的our first visit可知，我们第一次去那儿“见到(saw)”100多匹野马。‎ ‎47．A.believe B．realize ‎ C．accept D．imagine 答案与解析：B　由下文中的Suddenly可知，“我”没有“注意到(realize)”有一匹马驹在树后面睡觉。‎ ‎48．A.awoke B．ran ‎ C．fell D．walked 答案与解析：A　由上文中的a young horse was sleeping behind a tree以及本句中的Suddenly和jumped up and just stood there可知，突然，那匹马驹“醒来了(awoke)”。‎ ‎49．A.teaching B．warning C．asking D．allowing 答案与解析：D　由下文中的As I was photographing him以及The young horse didn't seem to understand what he was being told可知，马驹站在那里“让(allowing)”“我”给他拍照。‎ ‎50．A.important B．close C．strange D．special 答案：B ‎51．A.Noise B．Pain ‎ C．Danger D．Doubt 答案与解析：C　由as if warning the young horse... get away以及下文中的by the horse being close to me可知，种马注意到马驹离“我”很“近(close)”。他似乎在警告马驹，“有危险(Danger)，离开这里！”。‎ ‎52．A.move B．look ‎ C．come D．stay 答案：A ‎53．A.change B．understand C．get D．trouble 答案与解析：C　由The young horse didn't seem to understand what he was being told可知，那匹马驹一直都没“动(move)”，直到母马来“接(get)”他。‎ ‎54．A.avoided B．kept C．stopped D．regretted 答案与解析：B　由本句中的I didn't feel unsafe at all by the horse being close to me可知，“我”“一直(kept)”拍摄。‎ ‎55．A.agreed B．forgot C．managed D．failed 答案与解析：C　由上文中的One time, while taking photos of a herd of around 30 horses以及本句中的Another time可知，有一次，“我”“试图(managed)”拍摄一匹欢腾的马驹。‎ ‎56．A.fun B．power ‎ C．interests D．chances 答案与解析：A　由上文中的running and jumping for the joy of it可知，马驹很欢快， fun符合语境。‎ ‎57．A.lost B．lonely ‎ C．relaxed D．excited 答案与解析：C　由上文中的joy, peacefully以及下文中的They give me complete peace of mind可知，此处表示这个场景让“我”感到很“放松(relaxed)”。‎ ‎58．A.attend B．choose ‎ C．remember D．visit 答案与解析：D　由上文中的our first visit以及本句中的again可知，“我”‎ 希望再去看看那些野马， visit符合语境。‎ ‎59．A.hopeful B．sorry C．thankful D．afraid 答案与解析：C　由They give me complete peace of mind可知，“我”很“感激(thankful)”有机会和那些野马在一起。‎ ‎60．A.free B．similar ‎ C．nervous D．unsafe 答案与解析：A　由上文中的a young horse was sleeping behind a tree. Suddenly... and just stood there以及a young horse running and jumping for the joy of it和the rest of his herd ate grass peacefully 可知，那些野马天性“自由(free)”狂野。‎ 第二节(共10小题，每小题1.5分，满分15分)‎ 阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。‎ ‎ A blind high school graduate in Shanghai 61.________ (become) the talk of the town since he scored 623 points at this year's National College Entrance Examination. Wang Yun scored 127 points for Chinese, 145 for math and 144 for English. He also achieved high 62.________ (score) in chemistry, history and biology. 63.________ (he) result is just 37 points short of a perfect score.‎ ‎ Wang, 64.________ senior student at the Shanghai School for Blind Children, is expected to be accepted by a top Chinese university because of his excellent academic 65.________ (perform), according to a report by Xinmin Evening News. It is said that the teenager is likely 66.________ (enter) East China Normal University, Shanghai Normal University or Shanghai Polytechnic University — three Shanghaibased universities that accept blind students.‎ ‎ Wang suffered from a serious disease at birth, 67.________ made him become blind at an early age. But the physical defect (缺陷) did not stop him from 68.________ (work) hard in school. His parents, both teachers at Donghua University, sent him to the school for blind children where he has done well 69.________ his studies as well as sports. 70.________ (clear) , it is his hard work that brings him such great achievements.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　上海一名盲人高中毕业生成了人们的谈论对象，他在今年的高考中取得了623分的成绩。尽管他身体上有缺陷，但是他通过努力取得了惊人的成绩。‎ ‎61．答案与解析：has become　考查动词的时态。根据本句中的since引导的状语从句可知，此处表示动作发生在过去，对现在造成了影响，应用现在完成时，且主语是A blind high school graduate，故填has become。‎ ‎62．答案与解析：scores　考查名词复数。此处表示“他在化学、历史和生物三个学科都获得了高分”，所以应用名词复数形式，故填scores。‎ ‎63．答案与解析：His　考查代词。名词前应用形容词性物主代词修饰，故填His。‎ ‎64．答案与解析：a　考查冠词。student是可数名词，此处表示泛指，且senior的发音以辅音音素开头，应用不定冠词a。‎ ‎65．答案与解析：performance　考查词形转换。分析句子结构可知，此处作介词短语because of的宾语，且空前有形容词修饰，所以空处应用名词，故填performance。‎ ‎66．答案与解析：to enter　考查非谓语动词。be likely to do sth.意为“可能做某事”，是固定用法，故填to enter。‎ ‎67．答案与解析：which　考查定语从句。分析句子结构可知，空处引导非限制性定语从句，且指代a serious disease并在从句中作主语，应用关系代词which。‎ ‎68．答案与解析：working　考查非谓语动词。stop sb. from doing sth.意为“阻止某人做某事”是固定用法，故填working。‎ ‎69．答案与解析：in　考查介词。do well in意为“在……做得好”是固定用法，故填in。‎ ‎70．答案与解析：Clearly　考查词形转换。分析句子结构可知，空处修饰整个句子，应用副词，故填Clearly。‎ 第四部分　写作 (共两节，满分35分)‎ 第一节　短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)‎ 假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。‎ 增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。‎ 删除：把多余的词用斜线()划掉。‎ 修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；‎ ‎2．只允许修改10处，多者(从第11处起)不计分。‎ ‎[2019·重庆第二外国语学院质量检测]‎ It was Grandma's birthday yesterday. Father, Mother and I go to visit her. She lives with my uncle in the villages not too far away from our house. In the earlier morning, we bought some presents and got here by bus. Grandma and Uncle was very glad to see us. We gave the presents for Grandma and she was very much happy. Then parents helped Uncle prepare lunch. I talked excited with Grandma about my studies and other things. At 4 o'clock in an afternoon, we said goodbye and went back home.‎ 答案：‎ It was Grandma's birthday yesterday. Father, Mother and I g to visit her. She lives with my uncle in the village not too far away from our house. In the earlie morning, we bought some presents and got her by bus. Grandma and Uncle wa very glad to see us. We gave the presents fo Grandma and she was very much happy. Then parents helped Uncle prepare lunch. I talked excite with Grandma about my studies and other things. At 4 o'clock in a afternoon, we said goodbye and went back home.‎ 第二节　书面表达(满分25分)‎ ‎[2019·辽宁抚顺一中学业水平模拟]‎ 假定你是李华，你的美国朋友Peter 对中国春联(Spring Festival couplets)产生了浓厚兴趣，来信向你了解中国的春联文化。请你用英语写一封回信，为他介绍春联的用途、内容和寓意等。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1．词数80左右；‎ ‎2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ 参考范文： ‎ Dear Peter，‎ I'm glad to know you are interested in Spring Festival couplets. Now, let me introduce some details of them to you.‎ As a symbol of Chinese traditional culture, Spring Festival couplets are always stuck on the door or the wall of a house. They are necessities for Chinese people to celebrate the Spring Festival. Written with a writing brush on red paper, Spring Festival couplets use some positive words showing wishes for love, health, success, wealth, happiness and so on. They always have a theme, and they represent a better life or successful future, and some of them include wishes and expectations.‎ Of course, the topic of singing the praises of our motherland is another good choice. ‎ Yours，‎ Li Hua 学业质量测评卷(四) ‎ 第一部分　听力(共两节，满分30分)‎ 第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)‎ 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。‎ ‎1．Who will the man call?‎ A．John. B．Christine. ‎ C．Emory.‎ ‎2．What instrument did Mario use to play?‎ A．The violin. B．The piano. ‎ C．The drums.‎ ‎3．What will the man probably do tonight?‎ A．Fly to the US. B．Go to a party. ‎ C．Attend a meeting.‎ ‎4．Why is the man sleepy?‎ A．He got up too early this morning. ‎ B．He stayed up to watch a game last night. ‎ C．He worked on his projects late last night.‎ ‎5．How will the woman go to the museum?‎ A．By taxi. B．By bus. ‎ C．By subway.‎ 第二节(共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)‎ 听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。‎ 听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。‎ ‎6．Where did the man find the car?‎ A．Near the No.8 Bridge. B．Along Eaton Road. ‎ C．Near his house.‎ ‎7．What is the license number of the car?‎ A．BWE5864. B．BWE4586. ‎ C．BWE4865.‎ 听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。‎ ‎8．Why is the man at the shop?‎ A．To order a camera for his wife. ‎ B．To have the camera repaired. ‎ C．To get the camera changed.‎ ‎9．What color does the man want?‎ A．Pink. B．Black. ‎ C．Orange.‎ 听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。‎ ‎10．What's the problem with the woman?‎ A．She doesn't feel well. ‎ B．She doesn't pass the exam. ‎ C．She can't fall asleep.‎ ‎11．What advice does the man give the woman?‎ A．Drink at most two coffees a day. ‎ B．Sleep at least six hours every night. ‎ C．Eat fruit at least three times per week.‎ ‎12．What exercise does the man suggest the woman take?‎ A．Running. B．Dancing. ‎ C．Walking.‎ 听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。‎ ‎13．Which place does Sally prefer to go to?‎ A．The London Eye. B．The London Zoo. ‎ C．Covent Gardens.‎ ‎14．What is Billy interested in?‎ A．Operas. B．Boats. ‎ C．Animals.‎ ‎15．What does the man suggest the woman do in London?‎ A．Do some shopping. B．Find a job. ‎ C．Visit her friend.‎ ‎16．What is the probable relationship between the two speakers?‎ A．Brother and sister. B．Father and daughter. ‎ C．Husband and wife.‎ 听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。‎ ‎17．Who is the text intended for?‎ A．Children. B．Parents. ‎ C．Teachers.‎ ‎18．What do the children do in their holidays?‎ A．They have to do their homework. ‎ B．They get fully relaxed without worries. ‎ C．They help their parents do the housework.‎ ‎19．What is a great way to get relaxed?‎ A．To stay at home. ‎ B．To do homework. ‎ C．To spend the holidays with the family.‎ ‎20．Who can give help for the holidays?‎ A．A travel agency. B．A summer school. ‎ C．An experienced teacher.‎ 答案：‎ ‎1～5　ACBBC　6～10　ABCAA　11～15　ACABA ‎16～20　CBBCA 听力材料 Text 1‎ M：Hello, Christine. I need the number for John Reese's office.‎ W：Just one moment. Here you are — 7674512.‎ Text 2‎ M：Mario used to play the piano, didn't he?‎ W：No, he didn't. He used to play the drums.‎ Text 3‎ W：You look down. What happened?‎ M：I can't go to the US tonight. I have to stay here for a meeting with my boss tomorrow.‎ W：Never mind. You can come to my party tonight.‎ Text 4‎ M：I went to bed at around 2 last night and I'm quite sleepy now.‎ W：Why? We don't have any important projects to hand in.‎ M：Well, the football final was on, so...‎ Text 5‎ W：Bob, what is the fastest way for me to get to the Military Museum?‎ M：The subway, of course. It's faster than the bus and less expensive than the taxi.‎ Text 6‎ W：Police station, can I help you?‎ M：Yes, I'm calling to tell you that I found a car near a bridge. I think it might be stolen.‎ W：I see. When and where exactly did you find it?‎ M：Near the No. 8 Bridge along London Road on Wednesday.‎ W：Do you know the license number of the car?‎ M：Yes. I wrote it down. The number is BWE4586.‎ W：What kind of car is it?‎ M：A Mini Cooper. It's yellow and almost new.‎ W：Can you tell me your name and address, please?‎ M：Henry Roberts. I live at 51 Eaton Road.‎ W：OK, thank you very much, Mr. Roberts.‎ Text 7‎ W：Can I help you?‎ M：Yes. My daughter bought this camera here for my wife's birthday. But it doesn't work. So I'd like to change it for another one.‎ W：I see. Let me have a look. Well, we'll be happy to change it for you. But I am afraid we don't have another pink one.‎ M：Oh, what shall I do then?‎ W：Would you like to choose a different color? We do have this camera in black and orange.‎ M：My wife doesn't like either of those colors.‎ W：If you want, we can order another camera just like this one. There wouldn't be any extra charge for it.‎ M：That sounds fine. Would you please go ahead and do that?‎ W：We'd be very happy to, but it'll take at least a week. Maybe ten days. We'll call you when it comes in.‎ M：Thank you very much.‎ W：You are welcome.‎ Text 8‎ M：I know that you don't feel very well and you're losing weight. Has school been very difficult lately?‎ W：Yes. I just finished taking my midterm exams. I've been drinking a lot of coffee to stay up late to study.‎ M：What about exercise? Have you been able to get any exercise during midterm exams?‎ W：No. I've been studying so hard that I haven't had time.‎ M：It sounds to me as if you haven't given your body a chance to get better.‎ W：What should I do?‎ M：First, you must sleep more. Next, you have to eat better. Your body cannot work well if you don't give it good food. Try to eat more vegetables and fruit. And limit your coffee to two cups a day. Finally, you should exercise more. It doesn't have to be running or dancing. Walking is an excellent way of exercise and is easy to do.‎ W：All right. Thank you, doctor.‎ Text 9‎ W：Gerry, come and take a look at this information pack for our trip to London.‎ M：Oh, there are so many choices. Penny, I don't know where to start.‎ W：Well, why don't we start with the kids? I don't think Sally would like the London Zoo. ‎ She always feels sorry for the animals, but she's been asking about the Londong Eye for weeks, so we have to go there.‎ M：You're right. What about Billy? He loves boats, so he will choose either the Thames or a boat at the zoo.‎ W：Right. What about an opera at Covent Gardens for your parents?‎ M：That would be great. And for you, what about going to do some shopping on Oxford Street?‎ W：Which page is that on? Wow! This looks fantastic. There are so many great shops on Oxford Street. Will you come with me?‎ M：I'll come if you really want me to, dear. Do you have any ideas?‎ W：I will visit Alice. She was my best friend when we were at college. She found a job in London after graduation. She doesn't know my plan. I want it to be a surprise.‎ Text 10‎ Summer vacations are the time when kids can finally relax without thinking about school, studies and homework. Though kids wait for thier summer vacations with great excitement, most of them get bored within a week, which can get annoying for the parents as well. Hence, it is a good idea to plan the kids' summer vacations before they begin. Going on holiday.‎ 第二部分　阅读理解(共2节，满分40分)‎ 第一节(共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分)‎ 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项，并在该答案上将该项涂黑。‎ A Hi Ellie，‎ ‎ It's Jack's friend Dan here. Hope all's going well at uni. I can't believe you're in your final year already! I'm at Leeds doing the same engineering degree as you. The amount of work was huge at first, but by and large the course is going OK.‎ ‎ You're probably wondering why I'm writing to you out of the blue like this. I spoke to your brother and he said you wouldn't mind if I got in touch with you. We've been given the chance next year of doing the same yearabroad programme that you did last year in Austria and I just wanted to pick your brains about a couple of things. The choices they've given us are Poland, Lithuania, the Netherlands, Portugal and Greece. To be honest, I don't know much about any of those countries and my foreign language skills only stretch (伸展) to a bit of broken French — languages were never my strong point!‎ ‎ So first and foremost, how important do you think it is to be able to speak the language of the host university country? Does the organisation set up language classes for the foreign students? Another thing I wanted to ask you about was accommodation (住宿). How did you go about looking for a place? Did the organisation help you out or did you find your own accommodation?‎ ‎ One more thing, do you know how I can go about applying for a scholarship (奖学金)?‎ ‎ Sorry to ask you so many questions, but I really appreciate you helping me out and any advice about anything connected to the year abroad will be happily received!‎ ‎ Thanks so much and hope all goes well with your finals. No doubt you'11 pass with flying colours!‎ ‎ Yours，‎ ‎ Dan ‎【语篇解读】　本文是应用文。作者通过书信向他人咨询有关去国外留学的一些问题。‎ ‎21．Who is Dan?‎ A．Jack's neighbour.‎ B．Ellie's classmate.‎ C．A friend of Ellie's.‎ D．A friend of Ellie's brother.‎ 答案与解析：D　推理判断题。由正文部分第一段中的It's Jack's friend Dan here以及第二段中的I spoke to your brother... touch with you 可推断， Dan是Jack的朋友，而Jack是Ellie的弟弟，故D项正确。‎ ‎22．What do we know about Dan?‎ A．He is studying engineering.‎ B．He is interested in travelling.‎ C．He is going to Austria to study.‎ D．He is attending language classes.‎ 答案与解析：A　细节理解题。由第一段中的I'm at Leeds doing the same engineering degree as you可知， Dan正在大学学习工程学。‎ ‎23．Why did Dan write this letter to Ellie?‎ A．To talk about Jack.‎ B．To offer suggestions.‎ C．To ask for information.‎ D．To report his college life.‎ 答案与解析：C　写作目的题。由第二段中的We've been given the chance... pick your brains about a couple of things可知， Dan有机会参加留学项目，而Ellie去年曾参加过该项目，因此， Dan想要询问Ellie一些相关的问题。‎ B ‎ Mathew Brady was born in ‎1822 in Warren County, New York. At this same time, in various countries around the world, the first cameras were being developed. By the time Mathew Brady grew up, the technology had developed enough that cameras had become portable (轻便的). In his early adult life, Brady became interested in the new technology and saw its importance. Later on, he brought the camera to the battlefields (战场) of the Civil War and became known as the first photojournalist.‎ ‎ Mathew Brady began to work in New York City by studying painting. While there he became friends with other artists who had begun using photography for their artwork, and soon joined them. After studying photography, he made a living taking photos of wealthy and famous Americans. After the Civil War started, many of Brady's customers were soldiers (士兵) passing through who wanted photos taken of themselves. This gave Brady an idea for documenting the war itself with photography.‎ ‎ Brady asked Abraham Lincoln for permission to travel with the army and photograph the war as it was happening. Lincoln agreed, but on the condition that Brady pay for it himself. Brady was able to raise enough money to buy several cameras and portable darkrooms and invited more than twenty men to travel with him. The photographers often got very close to the fighting, but the photographs could only be taken on the battlefields after the fighting was over. Cameras, at the time, needed the subject to be very still, or the picture would be unclear.‎ ‎ Brady and his team took thousands of photographs of the Civil War, and the photographs have since been recognized as very important documents of American history. ‎ ‎ Unfortunately, after the war was over, people did not want to remember the difficulties it had caused. Brady had very little success in selling his work. He had thought the government would buy them, but when he offered, the government refused. He died in New York City in 1896, before anyone recognized how important his photographs were.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是记叙文。文章介绍了全面报道美国内战进程的美国摄影记者Mathew Brady。‎ ‎24．As a young man, what did Brady think of the new camera technology?‎ A．It was changing too fast.‎ B．It might face a dark future.‎ C．It would become very useful.‎ D．It needed more development.‎ 答案与解析：C　推理判断题。由第一段中的In his early adult life, Brady became interested in the new technology and saw its importance和Later on, he brought the camera to the battlefields可知，年轻时代的Brady预见到照相机技术的重要性——照相机技术将会变得十分有用。‎ ‎25．Why did Brady and more than twenty men travel with the army?‎ A．To join the army.‎ B．To record the war.‎ C．To take photos of soldiers.‎ D．To offer help to the wounded.‎ 答案与解析：B　细节理解题。由第二段中的This gave Brady an idea for documenting the war itself with photography和第三段中的to travel with the army and photograph the war as it was happening可知， Brady和二十多人的摄影队跟随军队的目的是为了用照片记录战争。‎ ‎26．The photographs Brady took during the Civil War were ________.‎ A．a bit unclear B．very valuable C．sold at high prices D．bought by the government 答案与解析：B　推理判断题。由倒数第二段中的Brady... took thousands of photographs of the Civil War, and the photographs... very important documents of American history可知， Brady拍摄的那些关于美国内战的照片十分珍贵。‎ ‎27．What does the underlined word “it” in the last paragraph refer to?‎ A．The Civil War.‎ B．The history of America.‎ C．The camera technology.‎ D．The government's decision.‎ 答案与解析：A　篇章结构题。由最后一段中的after the war was over, people did not want to remember the difficulties可知，人们不愿想起战争造成的那些艰难。此处的it指本文提到的the Civil War。‎ C Benjamin West, the father of American painting, showed his talent for art when he was only six years of age. But he did not know about brushes before a visitor told him he needed one. In those days, a brush was made from camel's hair. There were no camels nearby. Benjamin decided that cat hair would work instead. He cut some fur from the family cat to make a brush. ‎ ‎ The brush did not last long. Soon Benjamin needed more fur. Before long, the cat began to look ragged (蓬乱). His father said that the cat must be sick. Benjamin was forced to admit what he had been doing.‎ ‎ The_cat's_lot_was_about_to_improve. That year, one of Benjamin's cousins, Mr. Pennington, came to visit. He was impressed with Benjamin's drawings. When he went home, he sent Benjamin a box of paints and some brushes. He also sent six engravings (版画) by an artist. These were the first pictures and first real paints and brushes Benjamin had ever seen.‎ ‎ In 1747, when Benjamin was nine years old, Mr. Pennington returned for another visit. He was amazed at what Benjamin had done with his gift. He asked Benjamin's parents if he might take the boy back to Philadelphia for a visit.‎ ‎ In the city, Mr. Pennington gave Benjamin materials for creating oil paintings. The boy began a landscape (风景) painting. William Williams, a wellknown painter, came to see him work. Williams was impressed with Benjamin and gave him two classic books on painting to take home. The books were long and dull. Benjamin could read only a little, having been a poor student. But he later said, “Those two books were my companions by day, and under my pillow at night.” While it is likely that he understood very little of the books, they were his introduction to classical paintings. The nineyearold boy decided then that he would be an artist.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文主要介绍了美国绘画之父本杰明·韦斯特小时候的艺术启蒙。‎ ‎28．What is the text mainly about?‎ A．Benjamin's visit to Philadelphia.‎ B．Williams' influence on Benjamin.‎ C．The beginning of Benjamin's life as an artist.‎ D．The friendship between Benjamin and Pennington.‎ 答案与解析：C　主旨大意题。根据文章第一段首句“Benjamin West... when he was only six years of age”以及第四段中的“In 1747, when Benjiamin was nine years old”和最后一段，并结合全文可知，全文主要讲述了本杰明·韦斯特少年时代的艺术启蒙，故选C项。‎ ‎29．What does the underlined sentence in paragraph 3 suggest?‎ A．The cat would be closely watched.‎ B．The cat would get some medical care.‎ C．Benjamin would leave his home shortly.‎ D．Benjamin would have real brushes soon.‎ 答案与解析：D　句意理解题。该句需要结合上下文来理解，第二段提到本杰明剪猫的毛来制作画笔，导致猫惨遭“毁毛破相”，而下文又提到Pennington给他送来了颜料和画笔。由此可以推知，画线句说明“猫的命运得到了改善”，隐含着“本杰明将得到真正的笔”，故选D项。‎ ‎30．What did Pennington do to help Benjamin develop his talent?‎ A．He took him to see painting exhibitions.‎ B．He provided him with painting materials.‎ C．He sent him to a school in Philadelphia.‎ D．He taught him how to make engravings.‎ 答案与解析：B　细节理解题。根据文章第五段首句“In the city, Mr. Pennington gave Benjamin materials for creating oil paintings”可知，为了更好地发展本杰明的绘画天赋， Pennington给了他很多帮助，提供了创作油画的材料，故选B项。‎ ‎31．Williams' two books helped Benjamin to ________.‎ A．master the use of paints B．appreciate landscape paintings C．get to know other painters D．make up his mind to be a painter 答案与解析：D　推理判断题。根据文章最后一段本杰明说的话以及“While it is likely that he understood... The nineyearold boy decided then that he would be an artist”可推知，Williams给本杰明的两本关于绘画的著作帮助本杰明打开了艺术之门，使他立志成为艺术家，故选D项。‎ D ‎ Some people say that we are reading less than ever. In a sense, that's true, at least for certain forms of writing. However, you might be reading a lot more than you think.‎ ‎ Although printed_publications_(出版物)_still_enjoy_large_sales,_you can read many of the same materials online. Some books, magazines and journals can be found online. Blogs and other information resources (资源) can also be easily found. There are lots of materials to read on computer screens.‎ ‎ Reading habits are generally measured by the number of minutes spent in reading. You can also measure these habits by the number of pages. You might think that new television channels and online games, along with the Web surfing, might make people read Jess. The Internet does influence reading, but the results may be a bit of a surprise. ‎ ‎ The Internet has influenced people's reading habits. However, the time spent in reading books for pleasure doesn't change a lot, although people are managing to read fewer books every year. In addition, many magazines and newspapers can be read online at any time. Many publications that are weekly or monthly in print form are updated (更新) much more quickly on the Web. ‎ ‎ There's no doubt that online reading has changed what we read and how long we read, and now we read most things less carefully. However. when you consider how much we read, we are still doing a lot. The biggest change is that the medium that we use to read has changed. ‎ ‎【语篇解读】　网络的发展极大地改变了人们的阅读方式和习惯，有人说我们的阅读量也随之减少了，但事实可能让你感到有点意外。‎ ‎32．What does the underlined part mean in the second paragraph?‎ A．Online materials don't cost very much.‎ B．Printed publications are more expensive.‎ C．Printed publications become less popular.‎ D．Many people still buy printed publications.‎ 答案与解析：D　句意理解题。enjoy large sales意为“享有很大的销售量”‎ ‎，由此可知，画线部分应该是说许多人仍然买印刷的出版物。故选D。‎ ‎33．What does the second paragraph mainly tell us?‎ A. People have more reading materials to choose online.‎ B．Printed publications are more popular than online ones.‎ C．People are more willing to share reading materials online.‎ D．Printed publications are getting more and more expensive.‎ 答案与解析：A　段落大意题。根据第二段中的“... read many of the same materials online... lots of materials to read on computer screens”可知，人们在网上有更多的阅读材料可选择。‎ ‎34．What is the author's attitude towards online reading?‎ A．Doubtful. B．Supportive.‎ C．Uninterested. D．Disappointed.‎ 答案与解析：B　推理判断题。根据第三段中的“You might think that new television channels and online games, along with the Web surfing, might make people read less. The Internet does influence reading, but the results may be a bit of a surprise”和第四段中的“the time spent in reading books for pleasure doesn't change a lot... In addition, many magazines and newspapers can be read online at any time”可知，作者在网上阅读是肯定的。故选B项。‎ ‎35．What is the most important change in people's reading now?‎ A．They spend more time reading.‎ B．They don't like reading books any more.‎ C．There are more ways for them to read.‎ D．They read more printed books and magazines.‎ 答案与解析：C　细节理解题。根据最后一段最后一句“The biggest change is that the medium that we use to read has changed”可知，人们阅读的最大变化是阅读媒介变化了，即阅读的方式变多了。‎ 第二节(共5小题，每小题2分，满分10分)‎ 根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。‎ ‎ Looking for a way to reconnect with nature but you're not sure how to when you live in the city? Here are a few ways to live in harmony (融洽相处) with nature and reduce your stress.‎ Go on a wildlife walk.‎ ‎ __36__， so you reach out to your city park departments to get some valuable information. They often offer guided walks to help you enjoy the natural beauty in their cities. A wildlife walk is one of the easiest ways to connect with nature because it helps you to realize that you're surrounded (围绕) by nature.‎ ‎ __37__.‎ ‎ Nothing will make you feel as closely connected with earth as walking without shoes on grass for a couple of minutes. This very direct connection with nature will make you realize that you're part of the huge world, helping you to relax and feel calmer.‎ Attract nature yourself.‎ ‎ One of the best ways to connect with nature is to make it come to you. __38__. You can also fill some tubs with flowers to attract butterflies. Create a friendly place for nature and you're sure to attract all kinds of beings passing close to your home.‎ Create a small garden.‎ ‎ Plants and flowers are part of nature as well and even the tiniest amount of space can be turned into a beautiful garden. If you've got a balcony (阳台), fill it with pots full of flowers. __39__. Imagine how satisfying it would be to share them with your friends and family.‎ ‎ Use these tips for connecting with nature and living a more comfortable lifestyle in a big city. __40__.‎ A．Have a walk in a park ‎ B．Put off your shoes and walk barefoot (赤脚地)‎ ‎ C．You can grow your own vegetables on it as well ‎ D．There's lots of urban wildlife for you to discover ‎ E．You can put a bird feeder on your balcony or by your window ‎ F．Meantime, this is the best method for improving your health and wellbeing ‎ G．It's a different way of experiencing nature helping you to enjoy it from a different viewpoint ‎【语篇解读】　本文是一篇说明文，介绍了生活在城市里亲近大自然，与大自然和谐相处的几条建议。‎ ‎36．答案与解析：D　根据标题中的关键词“wildlife”和空后的“so you reach out to your city park departments to get some valuable information”可知，此处是说有大量的都市野生生物等着我们去发现。故选D项。‎ ‎37．答案与解析：B　本段中的“walking without shoes on grass”与B项“Put off your shoes and walk barefoot (赤脚地)”相照应。故选B项。‎ ‎38．答案与解析：E　根据空后的“You can also fill some tubs with flowers to attract butterflies”可知，前一句是建议你放一个鸟喂食器在阳台或是窗户旁边。故选E项。‎ ‎39．答案与解析：C　空前说在阳台上种些花，所以接着说也可以种些蔬菜，空后的“them”指代vegetables。故选C项。‎ ‎40．答案与解析：F　最后一段介绍亲近自然的好处，与第一段最后一句相呼应。故选F项。‎ 第三部分　语言知识运用(共两节，满分45分)‎ 第一节(共20小题；每题1.5分，满分30分)‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ ‎ Back starting from my fourth grade, I was in low spirits for about four and a half years. I never really had any __41__ during that time. My only one had just __42__ at the end of the third grade. What was worse, I felt __43__ as my dog and my cat had just died. It almost seemed as if my life was slowly __44__ for me. I always felt __45__， no one and not even my family to talk to. I didn't think they knew what I was __46__. It was a really __47__ time for me. I'd always __48__ my feelings and just put a nice, fake smile for them. That's all they __49__， right? ‎ ‎ During the end of my seventhgrade year, I started to make a friend or two. That's when my depression (消沉) state started __50__. But I was still __51__ myself, calling myself fat or ugly, and my friends knew this. They tried their best to help and it did __52__ in some ways but not fully. It was a __53__ that I found what I was __54__ : music. I found this song called “Beautiful”. There was one line that said, “We are beautiful in every single way. Yes __55__ can't bring us down.” I now __56__ that we are all beautiful and no guy or girl can tell us otherwise. __57__， some people can't see that. ‎ ‎ Now I firmly believe that even a song can __58__ a person's life just because of the lyrics (歌词) you hear. I just hope they find this __59__ and listen to it. I also hope it has the same __60__ it had on me when I was suffering.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文主要讲述了在作者曾经没有朋友感到孤独的情况下，一首歌的歌词改变了她的生活态度的故事。‎ ‎41．A.friends B．holidays C．ideas D．troubles 答案与解析：A　根据下文中的“I started to make a friend or two”可知，当时作者没有一个朋友。‎ ‎42．A.walked away B．moved away C．run away D．driven away 答案与解析：B　根据下文中的“What was worse”可知，作者唯一的一个朋友刚刚搬走。move away意为“搬走”，符合语境。walk away“逃避(困境)，从……平安脱身”；run away“逃跑，回避(问题)”；drive away“开走”。‎ ‎43．A.hopeless B．breathless C．helpful D．comfortable 答案与解析：A　根据下文中的“my dog and my cat had just died”可知，作者感到绝望。hopeless“(感到)绝望的”符合语境。breathless“气喘吁吁的”；helpful“有帮助的，有用的”；comfortable“舒服的”。‎ ‎44．A.continuing B．ending C．beginning D．passing 答案与解析：B　根据上文提到的作者没有朋友，她的猫和狗也刚刚死亡可知，作者感到生活到了尽头。end“结束”符合语境。continue“继续”；begin“开始”；pass“通过”。‎ ‎45．A.angry B．tired C．regretful D．lonely 答案与解析：D　上文提到作者唯一的朋友搬走了，由此可知作者总是感到孤独，故答案为D项。angry意为“生气的”；tired意为“累的，疲倦的”；regretful意为“后悔的”；lonely意为“孤独的”。‎ ‎46．A.learning B．accepting C．experiencing D．expecting 答案与解析：C　作者认为他们不知道自己正在经历着什么事情。experience“经历”符合语境。‎ ‎47．A.hard B．free C．great D．wonderful 答案与解析：A　根据上文中的“no one and not even my family to talk to”可知，那对作者来说是很艰难的 (hard) 一段时期。‎ ‎48．A.express B．hide C．hurt D．share 答案与解析：B　根据下文中的“put a nice, fake smile for them”可知，作者把自己真实的情感隐藏起来，故选B项。express意为“表达”；hide意为“隐藏”；hurt意为“伤害”；share意为“分享”。‎ ‎49．A.ordered B．tried C．wanted D．suggested 答案与解析：C　那是他们想要的，不是吗？也就是说朋友们和家人想要我快乐起来。want意为“想要”符合语境。‎ ‎50．A.going over B．looking over C．dying out D．dying down 答案与解析：D　根据上文中的“started to make a friend or two”可知，作者开始结识一两个朋友，由此可推断，作者消沉的状态开始消失，故选D。die down“逐渐消失”，符合语境。go over“仔细考虑”；look over“迅速查看”；die out“消失”。‎ ‎51．A.behaving B．praising C．disliking D．ignoring 答案与解析：C　根据下文中的“calling myself fat or ugly”可知，作者不喜欢自己。dislike“不喜欢”符合语境。behave“表现”；praise“表扬”；ignore“忽视”。‎ ‎52．A.disappear B．exist C．work D．suffer 答案与解析：C　他们尽力帮作者，那在某些方面的确起作用，但是并不是完全有效。work在本句中意为“起作用，有效”。disappear“消失”；exist“存在”；suffer“遭受”。‎ ‎53．A.surprise B．question C．sign D．system 答案与解析：A　令人吃惊的是，一天作者发现了她没有注意到的东西：音乐。故surprise符合语境，意为“意想不到(或突然)的事”。question“问题”；sign“迹象”；system“系统”。‎ ‎54．A.missing B．wondering C．following D．developing 答案与解析：A　参见上题解析。miss意为“未觉察”，符合语境。‎ ‎55．A.dreams B．words C．problems D．plans 答案与解析：B　根据下文中的“no guy or girl can tell us”可知，这里选B。word“话语”，符合语境。dream“梦想”；problem“问题”；plan“计划”。‎ ‎56．A.insist B．promise C．admit D．realize 答案与解析：D　通过听这首歌，作者意识到我们每个人都是美丽的，故选D项。insist“坚持说”；promise“承诺”；admit“承认，允许”；realize“意识到”。‎ ‎57．A.Importantly B．Naturally C．Sadly D．Happily 答案与解析：C　根据上下文可知，作者意识到每个人都是美丽的，并且没有人能告诉我们不是，但不幸的是，一些人没有看到这一点。importantly意为“重要的是”；naturally意为“自然地”；sadly意为“不幸地”；happily意为“快乐地”。‎ ‎58．A.change B．save C．control D．take 答案与解析：A　根据上下文可知，作者坚信甚至听到的一首歌的歌词也能改变一个人的生活，这是指作者对生活态度的改变，故选change。‎ ‎59．A.story B．song C．lesson D．voice 答案与解析：B　根据下文中的“listen to it”和上文中的“I found this song called‘Beautiful’”可知，本段一直谈到一首歌改变作者对生活的态度，所以作者希望别人也能发现这首歌(song)并听这首歌。‎ ‎60．A.effect B．chance C．choice D．feeling 答案与解析：A　作者也希望这首歌能对别人有相同的影响，改变他们对生活的态度。effect“影响”；chance“机会”；choice“选择”；feeling“感觉”。‎ 第二节(共10小题，每小题1.5分，满分15分)‎ 阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。‎ ‎[2019·湖南省湘东六校高一联考]‎ According to a study published in the journal Nature Sustainability in February, China and India are __61__ (main) responsible for making the Earth greener over the past two decades. Since 2000, the Earth's green leaf area __62__ (increase) by 5 percent, or over 5 million square kilometers. That's __63__ area equal to the total area of the Amazon rainforest. It is basically the result of many big treeplanting __64__ (project) in China and intensive agriculture (集约农业) in both countries.‎ China and India contribute __65__ one third of the increasing greening, but contain only 9 percent of the planet's land area covered in vegetation (植被). China was the major contributor, __66__ (add) 25 percent to this increase, while India added 6.8 percent.‎ Over the past few decades, China has made great efforts to green the land. In 1978, China __67__ (begin) a nationallevel forestation project－the Three North Shelterbelt Forest Program, also __68__ (know) as the “Great Green Wall”. The program has seen many trees planted in northern China to act as windbreaks (防风林). By the end of 2017, the forest coverage rate had reached 13.57 percent, compared to 5.05 percent 40 years ago.‎ In the light of China's __69__ (succeed) in greening the desert, the UN believes the country is a good example for others __70__ (follow) and has lessons to share with the world.‎ ‎【语篇解读】　本文是一篇新闻报道。中国和印度的绿化贡献了全球三分之一的增长，但仅占地球陆地面积的9%。中国是主要贡献者，增加了25%。鉴于中国在沙漠绿化方面取得的成功，联合国认为，中国是其他国家学习的榜样，并有经验可以与世界分享。‎ ‎61．答案与解析：mainly　考查词形转换。responsible是形容词，副词修饰形容词，故答案为mainly。‎ ‎62．答案与解析：has increased　考查时态。根据Since 2 000可知，句子用现在完成时态，且主语是the Earth's green leaf area，单数第三人称，故答案为has increased。‎ ‎63．答案与解析：an　‎ 考查不定冠词。句意：这相当于整个亚马逊雨林的面积。此处应该用不定冠词，且area是以元音音素开头，故答案为an。‎ ‎64．答案与解析：projects　考查名词复数。根据many可知，后面的名词用复数形式，故答案为projects。‎ ‎65．答案与解析： to　考查固定搭配。句意：中国和印度的绿化贡献了全球三分之一的增长，但仅占地球陆地面积的9%。固定搭配：contribute to“有助于”，故答案为to。‎ ‎66．答案与解析：adding　考查现在分词作伴随状语。句意：中国是主要贡献者，增加了25%，而印度增加了6.8%。此处是现在分词作伴随状语，故答案为adding。‎ ‎67．答案与解析：began　考查时态。根据In 1978可知，句子用一般过去时态，故答案为began。‎ ‎68．答案与解析：known　考查过去分词作后置定语。句意：1978年，中国开始实施国家级造林工程——“三北防护林工程”，也被称为“绿色长城”。固定搭配：be known as“作为……而著名”。此处是过去分词作后置定语，故答案为known。‎ ‎69．答案与解析：success　考查词形转换。句意：鉴于中国在沙漠绿化方面取得的成功，联合国认为，中国是其他国家学习的榜样，并有经验可以与世界分享。结合句意可知此处用名词形式作宾语，故答案为success。‎ ‎70．答案与解析：to follow　考查动词不定式作后置定语。句意：鉴于中国在沙漠绿化方面取得的成功，联合国认为，中国是其他国家学习的榜样，并有经验可以与世界分享。此处是动词不定式作后置定语，表将来的动作，故答案为to follow。‎ 第四部分　写作 (共两节，满分35分) ‎ 第一节　短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)‎ 假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。‎ 增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。‎ 删除：把多余的词用斜线()划掉。‎ 修改：在错的词下画一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1．每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；‎ ‎2．只允许修改10处，多者(从第11处起)不计分。‎ ‎ On Sunday morning, our class has organized an environmental protection activity in the nearby park. On arrived there, we were divided into three groups. The first group collected the rubbishes, such as the waste paper, cigarette ends and plastic bags. The second group set up several boards to remind the visitors take care of flowers and trees. However, the last group gave the speech to the visitors. It's about the danger of “white pollution” and the importance for protecting the environment.‎ ‎ I think it is very importantly for us to protect the environment. For people's health and happiness, measures should be taken to control or prevent pollution and everyone should make a contribution to them.‎ 答案：‎ ‎ On Sunday morning, our class has organized an environmental protection activity in the nearby park. On arrive there, we were divided into three groups. The first group collected the rubbishe， such as the waste paper, cigarette ends and plastic bags. The second group set up several boards to remind the visitors take care of flowers and trees. Howeve， the last group gave th speech to the visitors. It's about the danger of “white pollution” and the importance fo protecting the environment.‎ ‎ I think it is very importantl for us to protect the environment. For ‎ people's health and happiness, measures should be taken to control o prevent pollution and everyone should make a contribution to the.‎ ‎①答案与解析：删除has　根据下面的内容可知，本文讲述的是发生在过去的事情，故此处应用一般过去时。‎ ‎②答案与解析：arrived→arriving　此处作介词On的宾语，故用动词ing形式。‎ ‎③答案与解析：rubbishes→rubbish　rubbish是不可数名词，没有复数形式。‎ ‎④答案与解析：take前加to　remind sb. to do sth. 是固定用法，意为“提醒某人做某事”。‎ ‎⑤答案与解析：However→Besides/Moreover　根据上下文的内容可知，此处是顺承关系。‎ ‎⑥答案与解析：the→a　此处表示泛指，故用不定冠词，且speech的发音以辅音音素开头，故用a。‎ ‎⑦答案与解析：for→of　the importance of... “……的重要性”，是固定用法，故用介词of。‎ ‎⑧答案与解析：importantly→important　此处在句中作表语，故用形容词。‎ ‎⑨答案与解析：or→and　此处是并列关系，而不是选择关系，故应用and。‎ ‎⑩答案与解析：them→it　此处指代上文提到的the environment, 故用it。‎ 第二节　书面表达(满分25分)‎ ‎10月9日‎，中国首位进入太空的宇航员——杨利伟受邀来你校作了一场关于太空旅行的报告。假定你是校英语报的记者，请写一篇短文，报道此次活动。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1．词数100左右；‎ ‎2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________‎ 参考范文： ‎ On October 9th, we were very pleased to hear a report by the famous astronaut Yang Liwei, the first Chinese to travel in space in the library of our school.‎ First, Mr Yang shared stories with us about his adventurous but interesting journey, which helped us learn more about space and our earth. Then, he made a brief introduction to his learning experience and the great efforts he had made to become an astronaut. Finally, he encouraged all of us to study hard for the future.‎ His report was really impressive and we all benefited a lot from it. Not only did it broaden our horizons, but it also made us believe we could realize our dreams too.‎